My Food Bag Group Limited logo

ASX Pre-Quotation Disclosure

Listing Change4 March 2021MFBFinancials

Rule 1.14
ASX Listing Rules Appendix 1C (01/12/19) Page 1

+ See chapter 19 of the ASX Listing Rules for defined terms.

3436-4161-6914, v. 1

Appendix 1C

Application for Admission to the ASX Official List

(ASX Foreign Exempt Listing)

Name of entity

1


My Food Bag Group Limited


ABN/ARBN Date of this form

ARBN 646 807 301 11 February 2021

We (the entity named above) apply for admission to the

+

official list of ASX Limited (ASX) as an ASX

Foreign Exempt Listing and for

+

quotation of the following

+

securities (or such other number of

+

securities as we may notify to ASX prior to the commencement of

+

quotation):


Number

+

Class (quoted only)

Estimated maximum number

and

+

class of

+

securities to be

quoted on ASX at the

commencement of quotation on

ASX

242,437,524 Fully paid ordinary shares

By giving this form to ASX, we agree to the matters set out in Appendix 1C of the ASX Listing Rules.

Notes:

1. If the entity seeking admission is a trust, the application should be in the form “[Name of responsible entity of

trust] in its capacity as responsible entity of [Name of trust]”.

2. An entity seeking admission to the official list as an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing must also provide to ASX the

information and documents referred to in the Information Form and Checklist (ASX Foreign Exempt Listing)

published on the ASX website.


ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 1

3443-2849-9730, v. 1

Information Form and Checklist

(ASX Foreign Exempt Listing)

Name of entity ABN/ACN/ARBN/ARSN

My Food Bag Group Limited ARBN 646 807 301

We (the entity named above) supply the following information and documents to support our application

for admission to the official list of ASX Limited (ASX) as an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing.

Note: by giving an Appendix 1C Application for Admission to the ASX Official List (ASX Foreign Exempt Listing) to ASX, the entity is taken

to have warranted that all of the information and documents it has given, or will give, to ASX in connection with its admission to the official

list and the quotation of its securities are, or will be, accurate, complete and not misleading. It also indemnifies ASX to the fullest extent

permitted by law in respect of any claim, action or expense arising from, or connected with, any breach of that warranty (see Appendix 1C

of the ASX Listing Rules).

The information and documents referred to in this Information Form and Checklist (including any annexures to it) are covered by the

warranty and indemnity mentioned above.

Terms used in this Information Form and Checklist have the same meaning as in the ASX Listing Rules.

Part 1 – Information to be supplied with Appendix 1C

Instructions: please complete each applicable item below. If an item is not applicable, please mark it as “N/A”.

All entities – corporate details

Type of Australian registration number

given above (eg ABN, ACN, ARSN or

ARBN)

ARBN

Legal entity identifier, if applicable N/A

Place of incorporation or

establishment

New Zealand

Date of incorporation or

establishment

6 October 2016

Legislation under which incorporated

or established

Companies Act 1993

Address of registered office in place

of incorporation or establishment

Level 3, 56 Parnell Road, Parnell, Auckland, 1052, New Zealand

Address of registered office in

Australia (if any)

c/- Level 7, 151 Clarence Street, Sydney NSW 2000

Main business activity Online food delivery business providing meal kits and ready made meals to New

Zealand households

Country where main business activity

is mostly carried on

New Zealand

Home exchange and listing category

1


NZX Main Board


1

Examples: NZX Main Board, Toronto Stock Exchange, NASDAQ


ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 2

3443-2849-9730, v. 1

Any other exchanges on which the

entity is listed

New Zealand Stock Exchange

Street address of principal

administrative office

56 Parnell Road, Parnell, Auckland, New Zealand

Postal address of principal

administrative office

Level 3, 56 Parnell Road, Parnell, Auckland, New Zealand

Telephone number of principal

administrative office

+64 800 469 366

E-mail address for investor enquiries ir@myfoodbag.co.nz

Website URL https://www.myfoodbag.co.nz

All entities – board and senior management details

2


Full name and title of chairperson of

directors

Antony John Carter

Full names of all existing directors Antony John Carter, independent non-executive director and Chair

Jennifer Louise Bunbury, independent non-executive director

Jonathan Keith Macdonald, independent non-executive director

Sarah Kristina Hindle, independent non-executive director

Christopher John Whittington Marshall, non-executive director

Full names of any persons proposed

to be appointed as additional or

replacement directors

N/A

Full name and title of CEO/managing

director

Kevin Lester Bowler, Chief Executive Officer

Email address of CEO/managing

director

kevin.bowler@myfoodbag.co.nz

Full name and title of CFO Mark James Winter, Chief Financial Officer

Email address of CFO mark.winter@myfoodbag.co.nz

Full name and title of company

secretary

N/A (as a New Zealand incorporated company, My Food Bag does not have a

company secretary)

Email address of company secretary N/A (as a New Zealand incorporated company, My Food Bag does not have a

company secretary)

All entities – ASX compliance contact details

3


Full name and title of ASX contact(s) Mark Winter, Chief Financial Officer

Business address of ASX contact(s) Level 3, 56 Parnell Road, Parnell, Auckland, New Zealand


2

If the entity applying for admission to the official list is a trust, enter the board and senior management details for the responsible entity of the trust.

3

Under Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 9, a listed entity must appoint a person responsible for communication with ASX on Listing Rule matters. You can

appoint more than one person to cater for situations where the primary nominated contact is not available.


ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 3

3443-2849-9730, v. 1

Business phone number of ASX

contact(s)

(+64) 27 705 4413

Mobile phone number of ASX

contact(s)

(+64) 27 705 4413

Email address of ASX contact(s) mark.winter@myfoodbag.co.nz

All entities – investor relations contact details

Full name and title of person

responsible for investor relations

N/A

Business phone number of person

responsible for investor relations

N/A

Email address of person responsible

for investor relations

N/A

All entities – auditor details

Full name of auditor Ernst & Young

All entities – registry details

4


Name of securities registry Link Market Services Limited

Address of securities registry Level 12, 680 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000

Phone number of securities registry +61 1300 554 474

Fax number of securities registry +61 2 9287 0303

Email address of securities registry enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz

Type of subregisters the entity will

operate

5


CHESS and issuer sponsored subregisters

If the entity has or intends to have a

certificated subregister for quoted

securities, the location of the

Australian subregister

N/A

All entities – key dates

Annual balance date 31 March

Month in which annual meeting is

usually held (or intended to be held)

6


August


4

If the entity has different registries for different classes of securities, please indicate clearly which registry details apply to which class of securities.

5

Example: CHESS and issuer sponsored subregisters.

6

May not apply to some trusts.


ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 4

3443-2849-9730, v. 1

Months in which dividends or

distributions are usually paid (or are

intended to be paid)

December and June


Part 2 – Checklist Confirming Compliance with Admission Requirements

Instructions: please indicate in the “Location/Confirmation” column for each item below where the information or document referred to in

that item is to be found (eg in the case of information, the specific page reference in the entity’s most recent annual report or any

subsequent interim report where that information is located or, in the case of a document, the folder tab number where that document is

located). If the item asks for confirmation of a matter, you may simply enter “Confirmed”” in the “Location/Confirmation” column. If an item

is not applicable, please mark it as “N/A”.

In this regard, it will greatly assist ASX and speed up its review of the application if the various documents referred to in this Checklist

(other than the 10 copies of the entity’s most recent annual report and any subsequent interim report referred to in item 5) are provided in a

folder separated by numbered tabs.

Note that completion of this Checklist is not to be taken to represent that the entity is necessarily in full or substantial compliance with the

ASX Listing Rules or that ASX will admit the entity to its official list. Admission to the official list is in ASX’s absolute discretion and ASX

may refuse admission without giving any reasons (see Listing Rule 1.19).

All entities – key supporting documents

N

o

Item Location/Confirmation

1. A copy of the entity’s certificate of incorporation, certificate of registration or

other evidence of status (including any change of name)

See Item 1 (ASIC Certificate of

Registration as a Foreign Company)

See Item 2 (ASIC Certificate of Change

of Name)

See Item 3 (New Zealand Companies

Office Certificate of Incorporation)


2. A copy of the entity’s constitution


See Item 4 (Constitution)


3. Confirmation that the entity is subject to, and complies with, the listing rules

(or their equivalent) of its overseas home exchange (Listing Rule 1.11

Conditions 2 and 3)

Confirmed


4. Details of any waiver or all or part of any listing rule (or the equivalent)

provided by home exchange that will be in effect upon admission (Listing

Rule 1.11 Condition 4)

7


N/A


5. 10 copies of the entity’s most recent annual report and any subsequent

interim report

See Item 12 (Audited Financial

Statements for the financial years ended

31 March 2020 and 31 March 2019) and

Item 14 (Reviewed Financial

Statements for the six months ended 30

September 2020)



6. Original executed ASX Online agreement confirming that documents may be

given to ASX and authenticated electronically (Listing Rule 1.11

Condition 10)

8


See Item 5 (ASX Online agreement)


7. A specimen certificate/holding statement for each class of securities to be

quoted or a specimen holding statement for CDIs (as applicable)

See Items 6 and 7 (specimen

certificate/holding statement – issuer

sponsored and CHESS sponsored)



7

ASX may require details of waivers to be released to the market (see the note to Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 4).

8

An electronic copy of the ASX Online Agreement is available from the ASX Compliance Downloads page on ASX’s website.


ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 5

3443-2849-9730, v. 1

N

o

Item Location/Confirmation

8. Please either enter “Confirmed” in the column to the right to confirm that the

entity has not previously applied for, and been refused or withdrawn its

application for, admission to the official list of another securities exchange, or

attach a statement explaining the circumstances and state the location of

that statement

Confirmed


9. Payment for the initial listing fee.

9



Confirmed

All entities – capital structure

10. A table showing the existing and proposed capital structure of the entity,

broken down as follows:

(a) the number and class of each equity security and each debt security

currently on issue; and

(b) the number and class of each equity security and each debt security

proposed to be issued between the date of this application and the date

the entity is admitted to the official list; and

(c) the resulting total number of each class of equity security and debt

security proposed to be on issue at the date the entity is admitted to the

official list.

Note: This applies whether the securities are quoted or not. If the entity is proposing to issue a

minimum, maximum or oversubscription number of securities, the table should be presented to

disclose each scenario.

Please see Capitalisation Table on page

5 in the attached NZ Product Disclosure

Statement (PDS) (Item 8)


11. For each class of securities referred to in the table mentioned in item 10, the

terms applicable to those securities

Note: This applies whether the securities are quoted or not.

For equity securities (other than options to acquire unissued securities or convertible debt

securities), this should state whether they are fully paid or partly paid; if they are partly paid , the

amount paid up and the amount owing per security; voting rights; rights to dividends or

distributions; and conversion terms (if applicable).

For options to acquire unissued securities, this should state the number outstanding, exercise

prices and expiry dates

For debt securities or convertible debt securities, this should state their nominal or face value;

rate of interest; dates of payment of interest; date and terms of redemption; and conversion

terms (if applicable).

The Company has only ordinary shares

on issue, and no other securities.


Please see Section 6 ‘Key features of

ordinary shares’ on page 61 of the PDS

(Item 8) for the rights attaching to

ordinary shares



12. If any class of securities which you are seeking to have quoted on ASX will

not have CDIs issued over them, please obtain and provide an International

Securities Identification Number (ISIN) for that class (ASX is not able to

create a new ISIN for non-Australian issuers).

To be obtained

All entities – other information

13. A brief history of the entity


Please see ‘Our history’ on page 11 of

the PDS (Item 8)



14. Details of the entity’s existing activities and level of operations


Please see ‘Overview of the business’

on page 9 of the PDS (Item 8)




9

See Guidance Notes 15 and 15A for the fees payable on the application. Payment can be made either by cheque made payable to ASX Operations Pty

Ltd or by electronic funds transfer to the following account:

Bank: National Australia Bank

Account Name: ASX Operations Pty Ltd

BSB: 082 057

A/C: 494728375

Swift Code (Overseas Customers): NATAAU3202S

If payment is made by electronic funds transfer, please email your remittance advice to ar@asx.com.au or fax it to (612) 9227-0553, describing the payment

as the “initial listing fee” and including the name of the entity applying for admission, the ASX home branch where the entity has lodged its application (ie

Sydney, Melbourne or Perth) and the amount paid.


ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist (01/12/19) Page 6

3443-2849-9730, v. 1

N

o

Item Location/Confirmation

15. Confirmation that there is no information not already disclosed to the entity’s

home exchange that should have been disclosed under the rules of that

exchange

Confirmed

Entities that are trusts

16. Please enter “Confirmed” in the column to the right to indicate that no-one is

under an obligation to buy-back units in the trust or to allow a security holder

to withdraw from the trust (Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 8(c))

N/A

Entities that do not have a primary listing on NZX Main Board

17. A completed Appendix 1C Information Form and Checklist Annexure 1

(Entities that do not have a Primary Listing on the NZX Main Board)

10


N/A

Entities that have a primary listing on NZX Main Board

18. A completed Appendix 1C Information Form and Checklist Annexure 2

(Entities that have a Primary Listing on the NZX Main Board)

11


Please see Item 15 - Appendix 1C

Information Form and Checklist

Annexure 2

Further documents to be provided before admission to the official list

Please note that in addition to the information and documents mentioned above, an entity may be required to provide additional

information to ASX under Listing Rule 1.17.


10

An electronic copy of this Appendix is available from the ASX Compliance Downloads page on ASX’s website.

11

An electronic copy of this Appendix is available from the ASX Compliance Downloads page on ASX’s website.

ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist Annexure 2 (01/12/19) Page 1
3441-1111-6818, v. 2

Information Form and Checklist

Annexure 2 (Entities that have a Primary Listing

on the NZX Main Board)


Name of entity ABN/ACN/ARBN/ARSN

My Food Bag Group Limited ARBN 646 807 301

This Annexure forms part of the Information Form and Checklist supplied by the entity named above to support its

application for admission to the official list of ASX Limited (ASX) as an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing.

Instructions: please complete each applicable item below. If an item is not applicable, please mark it as “N/A”.

N

o

Item Location/Confirmation

All entities

1. For each director or proposed director, the CEO or proposed CEO, and the

CFO or proposed CFO (together, “relevant officers”) of the entity at the date

of listing,

1

a list of the countries in which they have resided over the past

10 years (Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 11 and Guidance Note 1 section 3.21)

2


Antony John Carter, Director - New

Zealand

Jennifer Louise Bunbury, Director - New

Zealand

Jonathan Keith Macdonald, Director -

New Zealand

Sarah Kristina Hindle, Director - New

Zealand and United Kingdom

Christopher John Whittington Marshall,

Director - New Zealand

Kevin Lester Bowler, Chief Executive

Officer - New Zealand

Mark James Winter, Chief Financial

Officer - New Zealand and Netherlands



2. For each relevant officer, a list of any other names or alias they have used in

the past 10 years, including any maiden name or married name

3

(Listing

Rule 1.11 Condition 11 and Guidance Note 1 section 3.21)

Jennifer Louise Bunbury, Director - New

Zealand – Jennifer Louise Martin

(maiden name)



3. For each relevant officer who is or has in the past 10 years been a resident

of Australia, an original or certified true copy of a national criminal history

check obtained from the Australian Federal Police, a State or Territory police

service or a broker accredited by Australian Criminal Intelligence

Commission which is not more than 12 months old (Listing Rule 1.11

Condition 11 and Guidance Note 1 section 3.21)

N/A


4. For each relevant officer who is or has in the past 10 years been a resident

of a country other than Australia, an original or certified true copy of an

equivalent national criminal history check to that mentioned in item 3 above

for each country in which the relevant officer has resided over the past

See Item 9 (national criminal history

check for each of Antony Carter,

Jennifer Bunbury, Jonathan Macdonald,

Sarah Hindle, Christopher Marshall,


1

If the entity applying for admission to the official list is a trust, references in items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 to a relevant officer mean a relevant officer of the

responsible entity of the trust.

2

The information referred to in items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 is required so that ASX can be satisfied that the relevant officer is of good fame and character

under Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 11.

3

The sample statutory declaration referred to in item 7 below addresses this requirement. Note that if the relevant officer has used another name or alias

(including a maiden name or married name) in the past 10 years, the criminal record and bankruptcy checks referred to in items 3, 4, 5, and 6 must cover

all of the names or aliases the relevant officer has used over that period.

ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist Annexure 2 (01/12/19) Page 2
3441-1111-6818, v. 2

N

o

Item Location/Confirmation

10 years (in English or together with a certified English translation) which is

not more than 12 months old or, if such a check is not available in any such

country, a statutory declaration

4

from the relevant officer confirming that fact

and that he or she has not been convicted in that country of:

(a) any criminal offence involving fraud, dishonesty, misrepresentation,

concealment of material facts or breach of his or her duties as a director

or officer of a company or other entity; or

(b) any other criminal offence which at the time carried a maximum term of

imprisonment of five years or more (regardless of the period, if any, for

which he or she was sentenced),

or, if that is not the case, a statement to that effect and a detailed

explanation of the circumstances involved (Listing Rule 1.11 Condition 11

and Guidance Note 1 section 3.21)

Kevin Bowler and Mark Winter, all New

Zealand


Mark Winter, Netherlands


Sarah Hindle, United Kingdom)


5. For each relevant officer who is or has in the past 10 years been a resident

of Australia, an original or certified true copy of a search of the Australian

Financial Security Authority National Personal Insolvency Index which is not

more than 12 months old (Listing Rule 1.1 Condition 11 and Guidance

Note 1 section 3.21)

N/A


6. For each relevant officer who is or has in the past 10 years been a resident

of a country other than Australia, an original or certified true copy of an

equivalent national bankruptcy check to that mentioned in item 5 above for

each country in which the relevant officer has resided over the past 10 years

(in English or together with a certified English translation) which is not more

than 12 months old or if such a check is not available in any such country, a

statutory declaration

5

from the relevant officer confirming that fact and that

he or she has not been declared a bankrupt or been an insolvent under

administration in that country or, if that is not the case, a statement to that

effect and a detailed explanation of the circumstances involved (Listing

Rule 1.11 Condition 11 and Guidance Note 1 section 3.21)

See Item 10 (national insolvency check

for each of Antony Carter, Jennifer

Bunbury, Jonathan Macdonald, Sarah

Hindle, Christopher Marshall, Kevin

Bowler and Mark Winter, all New

Zealand


Mark Winter, Netherlands


Sarah Hindle, United Kingdom)



7. A statutory declaration

6

from each relevant officer specifying whether they

have used any other name or alias in the past 10 years and confirming that:

(a) the relevant officer has not been the subject of any criminal or civil penalty

proceedings or other enforcement action by any government agency in

which he or she was found to have engaged in behaviour involving fraud,

dishonesty, misrepresentation, concealment of material facts or breach of

duty;

(b) the relevant officer has not been refused membership of, or had their

membership suspended or cancelled by, any professional body on the

ground that he or she has engaged in behaviour involving fraud,

dishonesty, misrepresentation, concealment of material facts or breach of

duty;

(c) the relevant officer has not been the subject of any disciplinary action

(including any censure, monetary penalty or banning order) by a securities

exchange or other authority responsible for regulating securities markets

for failure to comply with his or her obligations as a director or officer of a

listed entity;

(d) no listed entity of which he or she was a relevant officer (or, in the case of

a listed trust, in respect of which he or she was a relevant officer of the

responsible entity of the trust) at the time of the relevant conduct has been

the subject of any disciplinary action (including any censure, monetary

penalty, suspension of trading or termination of listing) by a securities

exchange or other authority responsible for regulating securities markets

for failure to comply with its obligations under the Listing Rules applicable

to that entity; and

See Item 11 (statutory declaration for

each of Antony Carter, Jennifer

Bunbury, Jonathan Macdonald, Sarah

Hindle, Christopher Marshall, Kevin

Bowler and Mark Winter)


4

The sample statutory declaration referred to in item 7 below also addresses this requirement.

5

The sample statutory declaration referred to in item 7 also addresses this requirement.

6

A sample statutory declaration is available from the ASX Compliance Downloads page on ASX’s website.

ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist Annexure 2 (01/12/19) Page 3
3441-1111-6818, v. 2

N

o

Item Location/Confirmation

(e) the relevant officer is not aware of any pending or threatened investigation

or enquiry by a government agency, professional body, securities

exchange or other authority responsible for regulating securities markets

that could lead to proceedings or action of the type described in (a), (b),

(c) or (d) above,

or, if the relevant officer is not able to give such confirmation, a statement to

that effect and a detailed explanation of the circumstances involved (Listing

Rule 1.11 Condition 11 and Guidance Note 1 section 3.18)

Entities applying under the profit test

8. Evidence that the entity is a going concern or the successor of a going

concern (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.2.1)

See Item 12 (Audited Financial

Statements for the financial years ended

31 March 2020, 31 March 2019 and 31

March 2018)



9. Evidence that the entity has been in the same main business activity for the

last 3 full financial years (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.2.2)

See Item 12 (Audited Financial

Statements for the financial years ended

31 March 2020, 31 March 2019 and 31

March 2018) and see ‘Our history’ on

page 11 of the PDS (Item 8)



10. Audited accounts for the last 3 full financial years, including the audit reports

(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.2.3(a))

See Item 12 (Audited Financial

Statements for the financial years ended

31 March 2020, 31 March 2019 and 31

March 2018)



11. If the entity’s last financial year ended more than 6 months and 75 days

before the date of this application, audited or reviewed accounts for the last

half year (or longer period if available), including the audit report or review

(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.2.3(b))

See Item 14 (Reviewed Financial

Statements for the six months ended 30

September 2020)


12. A reviewed pro forma statement of financial position, including the review

(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.2.3(c))

7


See Item 13 (Pro forma statement of

financial position reviewed by KPMG)



13. Evidence that the entity’s aggregated profit from continuing operations for

the last 3 full financial years has been at least $1 million (Listing Rules 1.11

Condition 6(a) and 1.2.4)

See Item 12 (Audited Financial

Statements for the financial years ended

31 March 2020, 31 March 2019 and 31

March 2018)


14. Evidence that the entity’s profit from continuing operations in the past

12 months to a date no more than 2 months before the date of this

application has exceeded $500,000 (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and

1.2.5)

See Item 15 (Statement of financial

performance to 31 December 2020)


15. Is there a statement in the Offer Document that the entity’s directors

8

have

made enquiries and nothing has come to their attention to suggest that the

entity is not continuing to earn profit from continuing operations up to the

date of the Offer Document

If so, where is it?

No.


See Item 16 (Director’s statement)


7

Note: the review must be conducted by a registered company auditor (or if the entity is a foreign entity, an overseas equivalent of a registered company

auditor) or independent accountant.

8

If the entity applying for admission to the official list is a trust, the statement should be made by the directors of the responsible entity of the trust.

ASX Foreign Exempt Listing Information Form and Checklist Annexure 2 (01/12/19) Page 4
3441-1111-6818, v. 2

N

o

Item Location/Confirmation

If not, please attach such a statement signed by all of the entity’s directors

9


(Listing Rule 1.2.6)

Entities applying under the assets test

16. Evidence that the entity has:

(a) if it is not an investment entity, net tangible assets of at least $4 million

(after deducting the costs of fund raising) or a market capitalisation of at

least $15 million;

(b) if it is an investment entity other than pooled development fund, net

tangible assets of at least $15 million; or

(c) if it is a pooled development fund, net tangible assets of at least

$2 million (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a), 1.3.1 and 1.3.4)

N/A


17. Evidence that the entity’s working capital (as shown in its reviewed pro forma

statement of financial position under listing Rule 1.3.5(d)) is at least

$1.5 million (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.3.3(c))

N/A



18. Audited accounts for the last 2 full financial years, including the audit reports

(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and Listing Rule 1.3.5(a))

N/A


19. If the entity’s last financial year ended more than 6 months and 75 days

before the date of this application, audited or reviewed accounts for the last

half year (or longer period if available), including the audit report or review

(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.3.5(b))

N/A



20. If the entity has in the 12 months before the date of this application acquired,

or is proposing in connection with its application for admission to acquire,

another entity or business that is significant in the context of the entity,

audited accounts for the last 2 full financial years for that other entity or

business, including the audit reports (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and

1.3.5(c) first bullet point)

N/A


21. If the entity has in the 12 months before the date of this application acquired,

or is proposing in connection with its application for admission to acquire,

another entity or business that is significant in the context of the entity and

the last full financial year for that other entity or business ended more than

6 months and 75 days before the date of this application, audited or

reviewed accounts for the last half year (or longer period if available) from

the end of the last full financial year for that other entity or business,

including the audit report or review (Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and

1.3.5(c) second bullet point)

N/A


22. A reviewed pro forma statement of financial position, including the review

(Listing Rules 1.11 Condition 6(a) and 1.3.5(d))

10


N/A




9

If the entity applying for admission to the official list is a trust, the statement should be signed by all directors of the responsible entity of the trust.

10

Note: the review must be conducted by a registered company auditor or an overseas equivalent of a registered company auditor or independent

accountant.

---

Make My
Food Bag

yours.

Product Disclosure Statement

Initial public offering of ordinary shares in My Food Bag Group Limited

11 February 2021

This document gives you important information about this investment to help

you decide whether you want to invest. There is other useful information about

this offer on www.disclose-register.companiesoffice.govt.nz/. My Food Bag

Group Limited has prepared this document in accordance with the Financial

Markets Conduct Act 2013. You can also seek advice from a financial adviser

to help you to make an investment decision.

Section 1
Key information

summary

What is this?

This is an offer of ordinary shares in My Food Bag Group

Limited. Ordinary shares give you a stake in the ownership of

My Food Bag. You may receive a return if dividends are paid

or My Food Bag increases in value and you are able to sell

your ordinary shares at a higher price than you paid for them.

If My Food Bag runs into financial difficulties and is wound

up, you will be paid only after all creditors have been paid.

You may lose some or all of your investment.

About My Food Bag

My Food Bag is New Zealand’s longest standing meal kit

provider, and is a well-loved and successful New Zealand

brand. Each week My Food Bag delivers thousands of bags

full of fresh, tasty and locally sourced ingredients along with

easy-to-follow recipes direct to families across New Zealand

so that they can create nutritious meals in their homes.

Since inception we have been intensely focussed on developing

healthy and delicious recipes, product innovation and exceptional

customer service. This has resonated with New Zealand customers

and we have delivered over 85 million meals to Kiwis since

we began trading in 2013. We have a strong understanding

of customers’ needs and our portfolio of product offerings is

designed to appeal to a wide range of Kiwi preferences. We offer

a variety of products under the My Food Bag, Bargain Box, and

Fresh Start brands and most recently we have entered the ready-

made meal market with the MADE brand.

We operate in the fast growing online food delivery market.

Our extensive database, high brand awareness, digital

capabilities and nationwide coverage provide a strong

platform for growth in this market, as well as an opportunity

for expansion beyond food.

Waterman Fund 3 LP (Waterman) is the major shareholder

of My Food Bag with an approximate 66% shareholding.

The balance of the Shares are held by the co-founders of

My Food Bag and others, including senior management of

My Food Bag.

For more information, see Section 2 (My Food Bag and

what it does).

Purpose of this offer

The purpose of this offer is to raise capital for My Food Bag

to repay existing bank debt and to enable Existing

Shareholders to realise part of their investment. The Offer is

not underwritten. Waterman intends to retain a shareholding

of not less than 15% following the Offer, with other Existing

Shareholders intending to retain at least 8.7% in aggregate.

You can find more information about the use of the proceeds

of the Offer in Section 3 (Purpose of the Offer).

2

Key terms of the offer
Description

of the Shares

Ordinary shares

Offer Price

$1.85 per Share

Bookbuild

19 February 2021

Foodies Offer, Priority

Offer and Broker Firm

Offer open

19 February 2021

Foodies Offer, Priority

Offer and Broker Firm

Offer close

26 February 2021

Expected

commencement of

trading on the NZX

Main Board and ASX

5 March 2021 (Shares will be

allotted no later than the Business

Day prior to the commencement

of trading)

Number of new

Shares being offered

by My Food Bag

29.6 million (being 12.2% of the

total Shares on issue immediately

following the Offer)

Number of existing

Shares offered by

SaleCo

155.3 million (being 64.1%

of the total Shares on issue

immediately following the Offer)

Total number of Shares

being offered

185.0 million (being 76.3%

of the total Shares on issue

immediately following the Offer)

Liabilities, fees and

charges

If you sell your Shares, you may

be required to pay brokerage

or other sale expenses. You may

also be liable for tax on the sale

of your Shares. You should seek

your own tax advice in relation

to your Shares.

These dates are indicative only and may change. My Food

Bag, with the agreement of the Joint Lead Managers, reserves

the right to vary or extend these dates and to withdraw the

Offer at any time before the date on which Shares are first

allotted. My Food Bag may also accept late Applications

(either generally or in individual cases).


How you can get your money out

My Food Bag intends to quote these ordinary shares on the

NZX Main Board and on the ASX. This means you may be

able to sell them on the NZX Main Board or ASX if there are

interested buyers. You may get less than you invested. The

price will depend on the demand for the ordinary shares.

3

Key drivers of returns
ASPECTS OF OUR BUSINESS WHICH DRIVE

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

OUR KEY STRATEGIES AND PLANS

1. MEAL KIT BAG DELIVERY VOLUME

The number of bags delivered, which

is a function of the number of Active

Customers and the number of bags

they buy in a given period, is a key

driver of revenue.

• Investment in marketing to drive consumer awareness of our brands.

• Selective use of marketing activities targeted at acquiring and reactivating

valuable customers.

• Provide a range of product offerings, each with a different proposition to target

a specific market segment.

• Provide innovative solutions (such as My Choice Bag and new goal-based

offerings) to engage new and existing customers and increase order frequency.

2. PRODUCT MIX

The type of bag selected, and one-

offs or extras added, impact Average

Order Value and Contribution Margin.

• Targeted new product development to increase Average Order Value and

Contribution Margin.

• Actively manage our pricing strategy to increase order frequency and ensure an

appropriate return on our bags.

3. OPERATING COSTS

Our operating costs directly impact

profitability.


• Focus on procurement optimisation to provide higher quality ingredients to our

customers, enhancing customer experience, and realising cost efficiencies.

• Tightening of ordering processes and heightened operational controls via our

newly implemented ERP System.

• Attention to costs to deliver margin improvement as the business scales.

4. PLATFORM AND DISTRIBUTION

CAPABILITIES

Established platform and distribution

network to facilitate growth.

• Harness data and technology to develop new cost-effective methods for

providing our services.

• Use our database and insights to better understand our customers and build

stronger customer relationships.

• Utilise our extensive distribution network and ability to reach ~86% of the

New Zealand population to support growth and expand beyond food.

You should read this table in conjunction with Section 2 (My Food Bag and what it does).

Key risks affecting this investment

Investments in shares are risky. You should consider if

the degree of uncertainty about My Food Bag’s future

performance and returns is suitable for you. The price of

these ordinary shares should reflect the potential returns and

the particular risks of these ordinary shares. My Food Bag

considers that the most significant risk factors that could affect

the value of the ordinary shares are:

• Food Safety Risk – Our products could contain foreign

objects, allergens not properly labelled, harmful bacteria

or other organisms due to receipt of compromised

product, incorrect handling of food (including through

our distribution network) or failure to follow food safety

procedures. A food safety incident could cause harm

to customers and result in product withdrawal, damage

to our reputation, loss of customers or regulatory

consequences.

• IT and Data Security Risk – We rely on various information

systems to run our websites, mobile apps and business

operations and to store customer data. These systems may

suffer a material malfunction, disruption or security breach

affecting our ability to communicate with or fulfil our

commitments to customers, suppliers or key stakeholders.

A data security breach involving private customer data

could result in damage to our reputation, regulatory

consequences or litigation.

• Product Assembly Risk – Assembly of our products could

be disrupted by an event (such as a fire, a power outage

or a serious health and safety incident at one of our

assembly centres, a lack of availability of temporary

labour or disruption to delivery of ingredients to our

assembly centres). This could cause delivery of our

products to be late or we may be unable to deliver our

products, resulting in refunds or credits or customers

cancelling their subscriptions.

This summary does not cover all of the risks of investing in

ordinary shares. You should also read Section 8 (Risks to

My Food Bag’s business and plans).

4

1 You can find an explanation of implied market capitalisation and implied enterprise value in Section 7 (My Food Bag’s financial information).
2 Net debt on completion of the Offer is calculated as term loans and borrowings less net cash and cash equivalents, including lease liabilities of $10.0 million,

immediately following the completion of the Offer, and assumes that all transaction costs are paid before or upon completion of the Offer.

My Food Bag’s financial information

The financial position and performance of My Food Bag are essential to an assessment of this offer.

You should also read Section 7 (My Food Bag’s financial information).

CAPITALISATION TABLE

Number of Shares being offered185.0 million

Number of Shares on issue following the Offer242.4 million

Offer Price $1.85

Implied market capitalisation

1

$448.5 million

Net Debt (including lease liabilities) / (Cash)

on completion of the Offer

2

$26.1 million

Implied enterprise value

1

$474.6 million

KEY INVESTMENT METRICS FY21FFY22F

Implied enterprise value / Pro forma EBITDA16.7x 13.9x

Price / Pro forma earnings per Share28.7x 22.4x

Pro forma earnings per Share$0.06$0.08

Price / Earnings per Share585.9x22.4x

Earnings per Share$0.00$0.08

Dividends declared per Share$0.07

Implied dividend yield - cash dividend declared3.6%

Implied dividend yield - gross dividend declared5.0%

The key investment metrics are prepared based on NZ GAAP, as well as certain non-NZ GAAP pro forma financial information.

More information on pro forma adjustments and reconciliations to information prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP is available

in the Supplementary Financial Information on the Offer Register.

The first dividend that will be paid following the Offer is expected to be the FY22F interim dividend in December 2021.

5

1KEY INFORMATION SUMMARY
02

LETTER FROM THE CHAIR

07

2MY FOOD BAG AND WHAT IT DOES

08

3PURPOSE OF THE OFFER

53

4KEY DATES AND OFFER PROCESS

54

5TERMS OF THE OFFER

55

6KEY FEATURES OF ORDINARY SHARES

61

7MY FOOD BAG’S FINANCIAL INFORMATION

62

8RISKS TO MY FOOD BAG’S BUSINESS AND PLANS

70

9TAX

76

10WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

77

11HOW TO APPLY

78

12CONTACT INFORMATION

79

13GLOSSARY

80

Contents

6

Letter from
the Chair

My Food Bag is an online food delivery business and is

synonymous with meal kits in New Zealand. We are

New Zealand’s longest standing meal kit provider and

have delivered over 85 million meals to more than 300,000

New Zealand households since 2013.

Each week, we deliver thousands of bags full of fresh, tasty and

locally sourced ingredients along with easy-to-follow recipes

direct to families across New Zealand so that they can create

nutritious meals in their homes. By investing in My Food Bag,

you will have the opportunity to share in our mission to ‘inspire

Kiwi families to be happier and healthier, one meal at a time’.

We offer the broadest range of meal kit bags in New

Zealand under the My Food Bag, Bargain Box and Fresh

Start brands, and most recently we have entered the ready-

made meal market with the MADE brand. We focus on

evolving our product offering through innovation and a strong

understanding of customers’ needs to appeal to a wide range

of New Zealand consumers.

My Food Bag operates in the fast growing online food delivery

market. Global trends towards online shopping, and growing

demand for food convenience and healthy living are key trends

on which we can build our brands and product offerings.

There is further opportunity for expansion within My Food

Bag’s core meal kit and ready-made meal markets to align to

consumer trends and play a bigger part in customers’ lives.

I am personally excited about My Food Bag’s growth

opportunities beyond our core markets, with benefits

expected after the Prospective Period. My Food Bag’s track

record of innovation and established platform consisting

of our extensive database, high brand awareness, proven

e-commerce capability and nationwide distribution network

positions the business well to expand into the wider food and

grocery market.

We are committed to further improving our sustainability

practices, focusing on minimising waste and reducing

our environmental impact. Our strategic positioning of

assembly centres across the country supports the reduction

of transportation mileage. Relative to traditional food

retailers, we source and deliver just the right amount of meal

ingredients, supported by our like-minded suppliers. We also

use sustainable packaging where possible, including re-usable

crates, recycled cardboard and water ice packs.

Led by Kevin Bowler, My Food Bag has an accomplished and

passionate management team supported by a diverse staff of

200 that have the expertise, skillset and vision to continue to

deliver value for both shareholders and customers. In addition,

we have an experienced board of directors with extensive

experience in the grocery and e-commerce industries, and

significant listed company experience.

Waterman Fund 3 LP is the major shareholder of My Food

Bag with an approximate 66% shareholding. The balance

of the shares are held by the co-founders of My Food Bag

and others, including senior management. In addition to the

issuance of new Shares to raise funds for My Food Bag, the

Offer will enable Existing Shareholders to realise part of their

investment in My Food Bag, allowing new investors and our

Eligible Foodies to participate in our future success. The new

funds raised by My Food Bag will be used to repay bank debt

and pay transaction costs, which will assist in providing My

Food Bag with balance sheet flexibility to pursue our growth

strategy and to respond to trading conditions as required.

Together, Existing Shareholders will retain at least 23.7%

ownership of My Food Bag following the Offer, reflecting

their ongoing support and belief in our vision.

My Food Bag’s Board and management are excited about

offering you the opportunity to become a part of our future.

This PDS contains important information about My Food Bag

and the Offer. We encourage you to read this PDS carefully

and consider in particular Section 8 (Risks to My Food Bag’s

business and plans) before making your investment decision.

We look forward to My Food Bag becoming a publicly listed

company and, on behalf of my fellow Directors, I welcome

your interest in this Offer.

Yours sincerely,

Tony Carter

Chair

Dear Investor,

On behalf of the My Food Bag Board, I am delighted to invite

you to become an investor in our Company.

TONY CARTER, CHAIR

7

Section 2
My Food Bag

and what it does

8

Overview of
the business

My Food Bag is an online food delivery business and New Zealand’s longest

standing meal kit provider. Each week My Food Bag delivers thousands of bags

full of nutritious, locally sourced ingredients along with easy-to-follow recipes

direct to families across New Zealand, taking the stress out of meal times and

bringing families together. Since the business commenced trading in 2013,

we have delivered over 85 million meals to New Zealanders.

My Food Bag offers the broadest range of meal kit bags in

New Zealand under the My Food Bag, Bargain Box and

Fresh Start brands. Since inception we have focussed on

evolving our product offering through innovation and a strong

understanding of customers’ needs to appeal to a wide range

of New Zealand consumers. We continue to innovate to meet

changing consumer food, demographic and societal trends,

and most recently we entered the large and growing ready-

made meal market with the MADE brand.

We regularly review our bags to ensure we are priced

competitively to supermarkets. Not only is our offer convenient

and tailored to customers’ dietary preferences, it is also cost

effective for our customers.

My Food Bag operates a source-to-order model meaning just

the right amount of ingredients are delivered to My Food

Bag assembly centres and subsequently the customer which

minimises waste (food, packaging and transport) across the

entire process from supplier to customer.

My Food Bag has an established platform consisting of

our extensive database, high brand awareness, proven

e-commerce capability and nationwide distribution network.

Our platform has enabled us to scale to where we are today

and will provide the foundation for future growth:

• Loved Brand: My Food Bag is a highly loved brand and

enjoys high levels of awareness and advocacy.

• Customer Database: We utilise the data and insights

from our database of ~300,000 customers (and their

purchasing behaviour) and over 10,000 recipes (and

associated reviews), to drive our day-to-day decision

making and inform our strategic direction.

• Nationwide Distribution: Our nationwide network allows

us to deliver to approximately 86% of the New Zealand

population, and we have sufficient capacity to support growth.

• Capability: We have an experienced senior leadership

group supported by a highly engaged team, deep digital

expertise, and a demonstrable capability to successfully

execute innovative e-commerce solutions.

Building on our history of innovation and exceptional

customer service, we have identified a pipeline of growth

opportunities based upon two strategic areas of focus to

expand further into the $37 billion New Zealand retail food

sector (refer to Our Growth Strategy for further information):

3

1. Continued leadership in the meal kit market and expand

our food-based offerings to align to consumer trends and

play a bigger part in customers’ lives. These are current

and continuing areas of focus for the business, which we

refer to as Horizon One; and

2. Utilise the established My Food Bag platform to disrupt the

New Zealand business to consumer market – for example,

by expanding into the broader online food and grocery

market. These opportunities have been identified and are

in development for future launch with benefits expected

after the Prospective Period. We refer to this area of focus

as Horizon Two.

My Food Bag Group Limited is the company that is expected

to be listed on completion of the Offer with the ticker code

‘MFB’ on NZX and ASX. My Food Bag Limited, a wholly

owned subsidiary of My Food Bag Group Limited, is the

operating company of the Group and is the only subsidiary

of My Food Bag Group Limited.

3 This encompasses grocery sales, food and beverage services i.e. café, restaurant and takeaway spend, and specialised food retailing (e.g. butchers). Stats NZ - Sales

and stocks by industry, in current and constant prices (SAFC) (Annual-Mar) in the year ended 31 March 2020.

9

How it works
1. CREATE

Every week our

chefs and in-house

nutritionist develop

new recipes, building

on our database of

over 10,000 recipes

Recipes are designed

to use only basic

kitchen utensils and

a few pantry staples;

a list of which is

emailed to customers

2. CHOOSE

Customers can

choose from the full

My Food Bag brand

portfolio, which

includes a range of

12 bags with options

for different numbers

of people and nights

per week, as well as

dietary preferences

or requirements

Customers can

choose to have their

bag delivered weekly

or fortnightly on a

flexible subscription

5. RECIPE RATINGS

Customers can then

rate their recipes to

provide feedback

direct to our chefs

Ratings drive the

direction of future

innovation and

ensure recipes which

customers love are

available again

3. SOURCE &

DELIVER

We source to

order the freshest

New Zealand meat,

fish and produce,

resulting in minimal

food waste at our

assembly centres

Bags are delivered

direct to customers

on a Saturday,

Sunday or Monday

depending on

their location and

preference

4. COOK & ENJOY

The fun begins!

Using the step-by-step

recipes, customers

create & enjoy their

meals

2

3

4

5

1

C

R

E

A

T

E

C

H

O

O

S

E

S

O

U

R

C

E


&


D

E

L

I

V

E

R

R

E

C

I

P

E


R

A

T

I

N

G

S

C

O

O

K


&


E

N

J

O

Y

10

Our history
My Food Bag commenced trading in 2013 and is recognised

as a loved and successful brand in New Zealand.

Built on strong values with a clear purpose to inspire Kiwi families to be happier

and healthier, one meal at a time, My Food Bag was created to answer the question,

“what are we having for dinner tonight?” From day one we have focused on

innovation, sustainability, provenance (with approximately 98% of all meat and

produce sourced locally), and exceptional customer service.

We are an entrepreneurial growth story, supported by exceptional human and

technological capability. In just over eight years, we have grown to become one

of the most well known online food retailers in New Zealand.

4

Timeline of key My Food Bag milestones:

4 Prompted Awareness, Colmar Brunton August 2020.

MARCH 2013

MY FOOD BAG

COMMENCED

TRADING

SEPTEMBER 2013

MY FOOD BAG

LAUNCHED IN

WELLINGTON

MAY 2017

NEW PURPOSE-

BUILT OFFICE AND

DEVELOPMENT KITCHEN

OCTOBER 2019

MY PLANT BASED

BAG LAUNCHED

OCTOBER 2017

NEW ASSEMBLY

CENTRE IN

AUCKLAND

MAY 2019

MADE

LAUNCHED

OCTOBER 2013

MY CHRISTMAS BAG

LAUNCHED

APRIL 2017

FRESH START

LAUNCHED

JUNE 2020

NEW ERP SYSTEM

FULLY IMPLEMENTED

APRIL 2014

MILLIONTH MEAL

DELIVERED

JULY 2016

BARGAIN BOX

LAUNCHED

JUNE 2020

MY CHOICE BAG

LAUNCHED

NOVEMBER 2014

MY FOOD BAG

LAUNCHED IN

CHRISTCHURCH

SEPTEMBER 2015

MY VEGGIE BAG

LAUNCHED

OCTOBER 2020

80 MILLIONTH

MEAL DELIVERED

1,000,000

80,000,000

11

Our strengths
1. Highly loved brand with high levels

of customer advocacy

• The My Food Bag brand has a high level of awareness

in the meal kit market at 88%.

5

• My Food Bag is identified by its customers as a

sustainable, innovative and high-quality Kiwi brand.

5

• My Food Bag has industry leading user feedback and

Net Promoter Scores (NPS) across all brands. 85% of

customers said they either like or love the brand in a

recent customer survey.

5

• Our My Food Bag, Fresh Start and Bargain Box brands

have consistently achieved a 4.7 out of 5 rating on

external review platform Reviews.IO.

2. Nationwide customer base, assembly

centre and distribution capabilities

with capacity for growth

• We have a geographically diverse customer base with

customers located throughout the country, as far north as

Kaitaia and as far south as Bluff. This is supported by a

nationwide delivery network which allows us to service

~86% of the New Zealand population by partnering with

New Zealand Post.

• We are the only large scale New Zealand meal kit

delivery business with chilled assembly centres in both the

North and South Island, providing logistical efficiencies

and greater delivery certainty. At all centres, physical

capacity exceeds the current and forecast output.

• Our supply chain is robust and resistant to adverse events

with 98% of all meat and produce being sourced locally

in New Zealand.

6

5 Colmar Brunton, August 2020.

6 The remaining 2% includes produce that can’t be sourced in New Zealand e.g. tropical fruits or ginger.

85

%

of customers love or

like the My Food Bag brand

5

~

86

%

of the New Zealand

population able to be serviced

12

7 Refer to the Glossary for the definition of a Reactivated Customer.
3. Loyal growing customer database

supports high recurring revenue

• Our significant database consisting of ~300,000 customers

provides us with rich data insights to personalise our

marketing, product range and recipe mix in order to keep

customers engaged. This promotes customer loyalty and

purchase frequency, driving high recurring revenue. Further,

these insights enable us to successfully reactivate customers.

7

• We have achieved consistent growth in Active Customers

(40% between Q1 FY18 and Q3 FY21), and our average

orders per quarter (approximately 5.5 times per customer)

and Average Order Value (average net sales revenue per

delivery of ~$125) translates into a high (~$690) average

revenue per customer per quarter in FY21 YTD.

• We have achieved an uplift of 28.4% in delivery volumes

in FY21 YTD (compared to FY20 YTD) due to successful

customer led innovation, exceptional customer service and

the onset of COVID-19. This uplift in delivery volumes has

been driven by My Food Bag’s existing, loyal customers

(nearly 90% of FY21 YTD revenue has been contributed by

customers who have purchased over 6 orders, and this is

consistent with the previous comparable period).

• The improvement in customer purchasing behaviour and

increase in customers we have achieved this year to date

has strengthened our Active Customer base, and as such,

we believe the revenue uplift achieved in FY21 YTD reflects

an increase in sustainable, recurring revenue.

ROLLING DELIVERY VOLUMES BY FINANCIAL YEARS (000’S)

-

4Q181Q192Q193Q194Q191Q202Q203Q204Q201Q212Q213Q214Q21

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

1,600

1,800

4. Established and scalable business

model supports significant earnings

growth and cash flow generation

• Our established platform facilitates scalable and profitable

growth while our brand equity and product offering

minimises the need for significant discounting to attract

new customers.

• Our strengthened procurement function has identified

significant operational efficiencies and product quality

improvements, driving Contribution Margin expansion.

• Historically we have delivered compound Pro Forma

EBITDA growth of 14.9% per annum (from FY18 to FY20)

and are forecast to deliver Pro Forma EBITDA growth of

74.5% in FY21 and a further 20.2% in FY22.

• Our asset-light model supports significant cash flow

generation, enabling dividend payments in the

Prospective Period (FY22 forecast gross dividend yield

of 5.0%) and future dividend growth potential in line with

earnings growth.

FY18

Pro Forma

18.4%15.0%10.6%9.1%8.3%

FY19

Pro Forma

FY20

Pro Forma

FY21

Forecast

FY22

Forecast

-

PRO FORMA EBITDA (NZD MILLIONS) AND MARGIN

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

12.4

13.9

16.3

28.5

34.2

FY22 forecast gross

dividend yield of

5.0

%

Note: Rolling delivery volume figures represent the last twelve months

of deliveries up to and including the end of each quarter shown

13

7. Sustainability is a key focus for us
• We use environmentally friendly packaging wherever

possible and order and pre-portion the exact amount of

food required, which almost eliminates supply chain food

waste and reduces excess packaging. By comparison,

supermarkets send approximately 23% of their waste to

landfill, which equates to 3kg per person every year.

10


• Approximately 80% of our ingredients by value are

delivered to our assembly centres in re-usable crates, boxes

are made from 47% recycled cardboard, wool insulation

liners are 100% compostable and biodegradable and we

predominantly use 100% water ice packs.

• We are committed to continuing to remove waste and only

work with suppliers who align themselves with our ethical

and environmental standards.

8 https://thefulldownload.co.nz/ecommerce-spotlight-december.

9 https://covid19.govt.nz/everyday-life/support-your-community/buy-local-to-support-locals/

10 University of Otago Food Science Department, 2020, study based on a sample of 16 supermarkets nationwide.

5. Demonstrated resilience

to competitive pressure

• We have continued to grow revenue and earnings, evident

in the growth in Active Customers since the arrival of

competition. This is despite the arrival of HelloFresh in

FY19, which resulted in growth slowing for a short period.

We continue to offer a portfolio of brands which is market

leading on quality and innovation at a range of price

points to suit Kiwi customers.

• Our chefs and in-house nutritionist have developed a

database of over 10,000 recipes that has been optimised

over time using customer feedback data with a focus on

using locally sourced ingredients to suit Kiwi tastes.

• Our Customer Love team are all based in New Zealand to

best serve our Kiwi customers.

6. Significant market tailwinds are

highly supportive

• Continuing trends towards online shopping, both in

New Zealand and elsewhere in the world, accelerated

by COVID-19 are positive for demand for My Food Bag.

The first ten months of 2020 have seen online shopping

spend in New Zealand grow by over 25% (compared

to 2019).

8

• Supporting this trend is an increased desire from

customers to favour trusted brand names selling

locally sourced goods, especially those with greater

supply chain transparency.

• Growing demand for food convenience and healthy

living combined with increasing levels of ‘goal-based’,

personalised eating solutions are key trends on which

we can leverage our brands.

developed with

locally sourced

ingredients to

suit Kiwi tastes

New Zealand Government promoting

‘buy local to support locals’

9

Supply chain designed to

minimise food waste

Over

10k

recipes

B

U

Y


L

O

C

A

L

S

U

P

P

O

R

T


L

O

C

A

L

S

14

8. Established platform to execute on pipeline of growth opportunities
• We have a proven record of successful growth since our inception in 2013, consistently bringing innovative

product ranges and recipes to market to cater to changing consumer food, demographic and societal trends.

• Our loved brands, large database of highly engaged customers, significant reach to New Zealand

households and proven capability to successfully execute innovative e-commerce solutions provides us a

strong platform to take advantage of industry trends to further our growth.

• We have a meaningful near term opportunity for continued leadership in the meal kit market and

expanding our food-based offerings to align to consumer trends and play a bigger part in customers’ lives.

• We have a significant opportunity to utilise the My Food Bag platform to disrupt the New Zealand business

to consumer market – for example, by expanding into the broader online food and grocery market.

MY FOOD BAG

PLATFORM

You can find information on the Risks to My Food Bag’s business and plans in Section 8 (Risks to My Food Bag’s business and plans).

BRAND

AWARENESS

CUSTOMERS

EITHER LIKE OR

LOVE THE BRAND

88%

85%

BRAND

TRACK RECORD OF

OPERATION AND

INNOVATION

E-COMMERCE PLATFORM

CAPABILITY

CUSTOMERS

FEEDBACK PROVIDING

INSIGHT INTO

CUSTOMER PREFERENCES

DATABASE

OF THE NEW ZEALAND

POPULATION

LOCAL SUPPLIER

RELATIONSHIPS

~

86%

PROVEN

SCALABLE

NATIONWIDE


COVERAGE

~

300K

CONTINUOUS

STRONG

15

Synonymous with meal kits in New Zealand, the My
Food Bag brand targets the broadest range of customers

and promises to help you get meals “Deliciously Sorted”

with a wide selection of product offerings.

Goal-based offerings designed to help customers

achieve goals whether it be weight loss or fitness

focused goals.

My Food Bag’s most accessible offering, providing

“Family Faves, Bargain Prices”. Designed to bring

quick, easy, affordable, tasty and healthy meals to

Kiwi households.

An important format differentiator to our meal kits.

Designed to offer an easier alternative to cooking,

MADE offers a range of fresh, ready-made meals that

only require heating.

Within the My Food Bag, Bargain Box and Fresh

Start brands we offer a variety of goal-based offerings

which assist customers to achieve a goal through their

diet. For example, the goal might be weight loss or

reducing meat intake.

To further cater to customer needs, when ordering My

Food Bag, Bargain Box and Fresh Start, customers

can add extra offerings to their bags, such as MADE,

My Fruit Box and Lunch. We also create innovative

seasonal and one-off bags within these brands to drive

customer demand and brand relevance, such as My

Christmas Bag and My Winter Wellness Bag.

Our brands

My Food Bag offers the broadest range of meal kit bags in New Zealand,

under three major brands, My Food Bag, Bargain Box and Fresh Start.

Under our MADE brand, we offer a range of ready-made meals. Each of

our brands has a different proposition to target a specific market segment.

TOTAL

DELIVERIES

FY21F

54

%

MY FOOD BAG

16

%

FRESH START

3

%

MADE

28

%

BARGAIN BOX

16

My Food Bag is the longest
standing meal kit brand in

New Zealand, with a value

proposition that targets

everyday New Zealanders. The

My Food Bag brand range has

an offer to suit all household

types and food preferences,

containing a diverse range of

recipes to answer the question

“What are we having for

dinner tonight?”

Designed in response to

consumer’s request for choice,

our latest innovation,

My Choice Bag, provides

customers with the flexibility

to choose between 3, 4 or 5

nights for 2 or 4 people, and

pick their recipes from 10

different options each week.

My Choice Bag

Pick from a selection of

10 recipes!

$10.00 - $17.50 per plate

$104.99 - $199.99 per week

My Family Bag

Kid friendly meals for the

whole family.

$8.75 per plate

$174.99 per week

My Gourmet Bag

Restaurant quality meals

made easy.

$19.12 per plate

$152.99 per week

My Gluten Free Bag

Delicious, gluten-free meals

for families.

$9.60 per plate

$191.99 per week

My Veggie Bag

Seasonally inspired

vegetarian recipes.

$11.58 - $16.00 per plate

$127.99 - $138.99 per week

My Plant Based Bag

Plant based recipes using

vegan ingredients.

$11.00 - $16.00 per plate

$127.99 - $175.99 per week

My Classic Bag

Classic meals (with a

Nadia twist).

$10.00 - $20.60 per plate

$102.99 - $199.99 per week

PeopleNights

244

PeopleNights

2344

PeopleNights

23454

PeopleNights

12354

PeopleNights

54

PeopleNights

54

PeopleNights

42

17

New Zealand’s most affordable meal kit available
nationwide, providing “Family Faves, Bargain Prices”.

Bargain Box was launched as a separate brand to My Food

Bag in June 2016 and is our lowest priced offering.

Bringing convenient, affordable, flavoursome and healthy

meals to New Zealand’s households, Bargain Box recipes

are designed to be consistently priced below supermarkets

(for the equivalent quality ingredients) on a delivered, per

portion basis, providing the best value for money option of

its kind.

Bargain Boxes offer variety for customers, typically including

at least one beef meal, one chicken meal and a pork meal

each week. Promoting nutrition, Bargain Box uses premium

free-range meat and plenty of fresh vegetables. All meals

strive to live up to the “Family Faves” promise using the

highest quality ingredients in crowd pleasing recipes. Recipe

ratings help us ensure meals are designed to suit the whole

family, including children.

Fresh Start was launched in April 2017 and is a great

example of our approach to helping people achieve their

goals through diet. Fresh Start currently offers meal kits

designed to help customers achieve their weight loss goals

with the tagline “Lose weight the delicious way”.

Fresh Start recipes are designed by chefs and our in-house

nutritionist to be refined sugar free, made with mostly

unrefined and minimally processed carbohydrates, naturally

lower in both gluten and dairy, and to provide protein from

both lean meat and plant-based sources.

Fresh Start customers have the option to join the free Fresh

Start Programme. The Fresh Start Programme has driven

customer loyalty and brand love. Once enrolled in the

programme, customers are sent weekly emails providing

motivation and education from our nutrition team as well as

milestone rewards on a four and eight-week basis. They also

receive an invitation to join our closed Facebook group for

additional community support from both My Food Bag and

their peers on the programme. Since the launch of the Fresh

Start Programme more than 16,000 customers have

participated, enjoying the high level of support and

accountability the programme offers.

Fresh Start Lite

450 calories or less &

reduced carbs

$10.80 - $23.40 per plate

$116.99 - $215.99 per week

Bargain Box

A cost-effective option

for families.

Bargain Box Veggie

Family friendly vegetarian recipes.

$6.10 - $14.66 per plate

$87.99 - $182.99 per week

$8.50 - $14.17 per plate

$84.99 - $101.99 per week

PeopleNights

1254

PeopleNights

234

PeopleNights

24356

18

MADE was established in July 2019 and offers customers
an easier alternative to cooking – delivering a range of

ready-made meals that just require heating.

MADE complements our existing meal kit offering and

targets a demographic outside of our core meal kit market.

The offering also provides another way to drive customer

reactivation.

The ready-made meal market is a growing market globally,

and ready-made meals cater to older singles and couples

looking for a break from cooking as well as customers

aged between 20 and 30 years old (typically time poor

professionals with a higher discretionary spend).

MADE meals are offered as a weekly subscription, can be

added as an extra by My Food Bag, Bargain Box and

Fresh Start customers, and are also a popular option within

My Choice Bags.

The meals are available in 1, 2 and 4 person portions, and

are ready-made in small batches by our three supply partners

using premium fresh and free range ingredients. These meals

are delivered to our assembly centres fresh, packed into bags

and are delivered to customers chilled, not frozen.

Seasonal and one-off bags

My Food Bag continues to innovate and offer seasonal or

one-off bags to drive customer demand and brand relevance,

including:

• My Christmas Bag: My Food Bag’s range of Christmas

bags has been a popular offering, and is designed to feed

the whole extended family at Christmas. Each year it is

launched in October, and caters to approximately 100,000

people for Christmas dinner.

• My Winter Wellness Bag: Seasonally inspired winter meals

offered from around April each year, typically for a 5 month

period. This bag combines slow cooker meals with roasts

and winter comfort foods, and in 2020 had the added

aspect of “wellness”.

• My Back-up Bag: Long life, shelf stable ingredients offered

to customers in response to New Zealand’s COVID-19

lockdown. The bag was offered as a one-off purchase, no

subscription required.

• Other one off and seasonal bags have included My BBQ Bag,

My Valentine’s Date Night Dinner Bag and My Baking Box.

MADE

Choose

your meals

12 different

delicious &

nutritious meals

to choose from

We deliver

Hand-made

and delivered

fresh & fast

Heat & eat

Nothing frozen,

just pop in

microwave

or oven

Repeat

Change meals,

skip a week or

cancel anytime

nutritious heat and eat meals

Option to select:

$12.99 - $15.99 per plate

$63.96 - $155.88 per week

+ $10 delivery

Buying MADE as a single subscription

HOW MADE WORKS

46912

19

Our recipes
Nude Food

Our recipe development is guided by Nadia Lim’s Nude

Food philosophy, “Eat real food that comes from the ground,

sea and sky, and less from factories”. It guides our choice of

ingredients and suppliers as well as the recipe design for all

of our products. Nadia is a co-founder and shareholder in

My Food Bag, and she has played an important role in the

Company since its inception.

Development Kitchen

The Development Kitchen is central to My Food Bag, typically

developing more than 20 unique recipes each week. The

talented and passionate team of 18 is made up of chefs, food

stylists, photographers, a New Zealand registered nutritionist

and a recipe editing team. The team offers a diverse skill set

with experience ranging from professional chefs in leading

restaurants, to private chefs on super yachts, to cookbook

authors, bakers and caterers.

Menu planning and recipe development is completed six weeks

in advance of delivery. Having developed a bank of more than

10,000 tried, tested and rated recipes, we have a strong data-

driven focus on creating delicious inspiring recipes each week

that keep customers engaged in our product. In line with the

Nude Food philosophy we prioritise in-season local ingredients,

free range poultry, using 98% New Zealand produce. The

Development Kitchen’s in-house New Zealand registered

nutritionist ensures all menus are nutritionally balanced and all

ingredients meet our standards for additives and preservatives.

A key driver of our success is the recipe ratings provided by

our customers. Each week we receive ~8,500 recipe ratings.

Customers rate their recipes out of 5 and give comments,

providing feedback for the Development Kitchen team. An

average score is maintained for each recipe, providing a steady

flow of feedback as to what customers like and dislike. This

directs future recipe development and contributes to a culture of

continuous improvement and much loved recipes for customers.

The Development Kitchen process is also guided by data

analytics of each recipe, to generate ongoing value

optimisation while driving purchase frequency.

The Photography Kitchen is a state-of-the-art studio with the

capability to capture still and video imagery. Our team create

all imagery for recipe cards, website, social media platforms

and promotional content, shooting 40+ recipe images per week.

AVERAGE RECIPE RATING FY18 - 3Q FY21 (RATINGS OUT OF 5)

3.85

3.80

3.90

3.95

4.00

4.05

4.10

4Q183Q182Q181Q181Q192Q193Q194Q194Q201Q201Q212Q202Q213Q203Q21

20

Our customersOur customers
Growing Active Customer base

The number of Active Customers has steadily increased during

recent years due to our track record of successful customer led

innovation, exceptional customer service and, in FY21 YTD, the

onset of COVID-19. Despite growth in Active Customers slowing

for a short period following the arrival of HelloFresh in FY19,

our Active Customer base has continued to grow. We expect to

continue to grow our Active Customer base, drive order frequency

and increase customer engagement through expansion of our

existing offerings (including our recent goal-based offerings and

My Choice Bag) as well as introducing new brands, products,

attractive new one-off bags, seasonal offerings and including free

bonus products in bags to surprise and delight customers.

We have a geographically diverse

customer base with customers located

throughout the country, as far north as

Kaitaia and as far south as Bluff. This

is supported by a nationwide delivery

network which allows us to service ~86%

of the New Zealand population by

partnering with New Zealand Post.

Customer Retention Analysis

There has been an uplift in My Food Bag’s Active Customers in

FY21 YTD due to new product development and a pull forward in

demand resulting from COVID-19.

• The retention rate and average order frequency of Acquired

Customers in FY21 YTD has been in line with My Food Bag’s

FY20 YTD (the prior comparable period) Acquired Customers.

• The retention rate of Reactivated Customers has strengthened

in FY21 YTD, with Reactivated Customers taking on average

0.5 more deliveries in their first 13 weeks of reactivation

(compared to the FY20 YTD prior comparable period).

• The order frequency of Retained Customers (who account for

~60% of total Active Customers) is a key driver of My Food

Bag’s delivery volumes and revenue. Order frequency of

Retained Customers has increased and been sustained at a

higher level in FY21 YTD.

Although there has been a significant uplift in Active Customers in

FY21 YTD, Retained Customers have remained stable at ~60%

of total Active Customers. Overall the combination of the uplift in

Active Customers and improvement in average order frequency

during this period (including following New Zealand returning

to lower Alert Levels) provides My Food Bag the confidence that

the uplift in delivery volumes and revenue is sustainable over the

forecast period.

Acquired and Reactivated Customers

Average Retained Customers (per FY)

Retained Customers

Average Active Customers (per FY)

TOTAL ACTIVE CUSTOMERS SPLIT (000’s)

4Q183Q182Q181Q181Q192Q193Q194Q191Q202Q203Q204Q201Q212Q213Q21

20

40

60

80

-

CUSTOMER GEOGRAPHICAL SPLIT

1

1

1HFY21 split by total delivery

South Island

(ex Canterbury)

16%

Upper North Island

(ex Auckland)

13%

Auckland

30%

Lower North Island

(ex Wellington)

8%

Canterbury

17%

Wellington

16%

21

Our marketing
strategy

A

C

Q

U

I

R

E


&


R

E

A

C

T

I

V

A

T

E

Marketing activities

Our marketing initiatives primarily consist of the following three

types of activities, all supported by our data insights:

Customer acquisition cost return on

investment

My Food Bag’s profitability is supported by strong customer

acquisition economics, with a customer acquisition cost (CAC)

payback period of ~3 months. Lifetime customer value (LTV)

displays consistent growth, reaching ~6.2x the CAC after 5

years, delivering a strong payback on customer acquisition.

11


Promote and encourage families to cook, bake, eat together and share quality time

because we believe ‘dinner makes families’ and supports our overarching purpose.

Ongoing commitment to supporting and showcasing New Zealand suppliers.

Partnering with local New Zealand charities and organisations to create better, healthier

communities including Garden to Table, City Missions and Kaibosh Food Rescue. A meal

kit developed for the Ministry of Social Development was piloted in 2019.

A variety of promotional

activities are employed

to encourage trial and

reactivation.

Segmentation of the

customer database is

used to ensure

reactivation offers are

appropriately targeted.

Automated

communications are in

place to ensure lapsed

customers receive timely

encouragement to

re-purchase.

Free bonus products are

regularly placed into

bags to surprise and

delight customers, which

also provides us with

the opportunity to

build relationships

with like-minded

Kiwi companies.

We run various

loyalty programmes

through the year.

B

U

I

L

D


B

R

A

N

D

S


K

I

W

I

S


L

O

V

E

B

U

I

L

D


L

O

Y

A

L

T

Y

ENGAGING

WITH OUR

CUSTOMERS

11 LTV calculated using FY21 forecast Contribution Margin. CAC represents all acquisition costs and includes total annual marketing spend (discounting, marketing cost

of goods sold and general advertising) per customer acquired.

Acquisition3M12M24M36M48M60M

~1.1x

~2.2x

~3.3x

~4.2x

~5.1x

~6.2x

CUSTOMER ACQUISITION RETURN ON INVESTMENT

Customer acquisition costLifetime customer value

22

BRAND AMBASSADOR
NADIA LIM

Nadia Lim is a co-founder and shareholder in My Food Bag, and is

well known in New Zealand for winning MasterChef New Zealand in

2011. Nadia has a Bachelors degree in Applied Science, majoring

in Human Nutrition and a post-graduate Diploma in Dietetics from

The University of Otago, and was a registered dietitian for 12 years.

Nadia’s Nude Food philosophy continues to guide My Food Bag’s

recipe development. Over the last few years, Nadia’s main activities

for My Food Bag have included video and photo shoots, events,

publicity interviews and promoting My Food Bag activities on her

social media platforms.

Nadia has a Brand Ambassador Agreement with My Food Bag which

expires in November 2023. This agreement provides for the usage

of Nadia’s ‘Nude Food Philosophy’ into perpetuity by the Company.

23

Marketing channels
We utilise multiple channels to communicate the My Food Bag

story, and promote our strong and growing brands:

1. DATABASE MARKETING

We have maintained a comprehensive database of customers

and their activities since inception of the business. Having

developed a sophisticated customer segmentation model, which

divides customers into segments based on past purchasing

behaviour, we have the ability to tailor messaging and create a

more personalised and commercially optimised user experience

which improves customer engagement and purchasing frequency.

Our primary form of communication to our customers is via email

with very high open rates reflecting high levels of engagement.

2. SOCIAL MEDIA

Social media (Facebook and Instagram) is a key pillar in the

advertising strategy used to achieve direct and cost-effective

customer communication. We have social media accounts for

all brands (My Food Bag, Bargain Box, Fresh Start and MADE)

as well as closed groups for our goal-based groups (i.e. Facebook

groups for our vegetarian and Fresh Start customers) which

customers are invited to join. In total we have over 350,000

followers across our various brand accounts and this large and

growing social presence drives website visits and promotes

on-going brand engagement, which we believe provides a

valuable source of new customers.

3. SPONSORSHIPS & INFLUENCERS

We have a network of social influencers, brand ambassadors and

media personalities who are used to promote our brand portfolio.

These ambassadors include a diverse mix of high-profile sports

people, popular television and radio personalities and some

of New Zealand’s largest social media influencers. Partnership

arrangements depend on the influencer and specific campaign

and include activities ranging from social posts to featuring in

advertising campaigns and recipe collaborations.

4. PAID MEDIA

My Food Bag uses paid media strategically to boost brand

awareness and communicate key messaging. An optimised blend

of digital, radio, outdoor and television is used depending on the

specific brand and campaign objectives.

My Choice TVNZ Ad

Bargain Box TVNZ Ad

24

Customer Love Team
A key strength of the business is our New Zealand based award-

winning Customer Love team with a proven track record of

delighting our customers, a growing strength in outbound selling

and providing us with rich customer insights. The value of the

Customer Love team is illustrated through the following areas:

1. QUALITY

• Customer Satisfaction, measured by surveys and ratings

on a weekly basis, often scores over 80%, which is ahead

of the US benchmark of 74.4%.

12

• 2017 Westpac Business Excellence Awards – Excellence

in Customer Service.

• 2019 Readers Digest Award for Best Customer Service in

Meal Kits (My Food Bag Gold, Bargain Box Silver).

• The team is based in our Auckland head office, enabling

them to easily collaborate responses with different

business functions.

2. CAPABILITY

• Customer Love helps customers with a range of questions

from customer account to delivery queries.

• The mix of permanent, part time and casual staff allows

the team size to flex to meet demand as required.

• Capability for both inbound queries and outbound sales

supported by plans to extend further through automation.

• Multi-channel communications – email is the primary form

of inbound contact, followed by phone, chat and social

(social and email have grown as channels year-on-year).

Excellence in

Customer Service

Westpac Auckland

Business Awards

12 U.S. Overall Customer Satisfaction Average Score, American Customer Satisfaction Index, Q3 2020.

11 Dec

20

18 Dec

20

25 Dec

20

1 Jan

21

8 Jan

21

15 Jan

21

83%

82%

83%

86%

84%84%

WEEKLY CUSTOMER SATISFACTION SCORE

25

Our operating cycle
and distribution channels

Weekly Operations Cycle

We operate a weekly business cycle, with orders for the following

week’s delivery ‘locked’ on a Sunday night, ingredients arriving

to our assembly centres on Tuesday through Friday, and items

‘picked and packed’ on Thursday and Friday prior to being

delivered to customers.

Monday

• The billing run is

made and customer

money received

• My Food Bag’s

procurement

team review and place

orders with suppliers

Tuesday & Wednesday

• Ingredients begin to arrive at our assembly centres in

Auckland & Christchurch, with the majority arriving

on-site on Wednesday and Thursday. Other ingredients

are delivered as late as Friday to ensure freshness

• Ingredients sourced from more than 200 suppliers

Thursday

• Picking and

packing

commences

mid-morning

• 30,000+

boxes picked

and packed

per week

Saturday

• Picking and packing

concludes

• Boxes are transported

to distribution depots

around the country

• Delivery made to

customers electing

Saturday delivery

• Bargain Box & MADE

deliveries begin (via

the NZ Post overnight

network)

Friday

• Staging commences to

get boxes ready for pick

up from the Auckland

and Christchurch

assembly centres

Sunday

• My Food Bag & Fresh

Start branded boxes are

delivered to customers

via New Zealand Post’s

exclusive Sunday network

(with some deliveries on

Monday via NZ Post’s

overnight network)

• Customers are sent

a text to inform them

of delivery details

1

76

3

4

5

2

Sunday Evening

• Subscribers have until

11:59pm to adjust their

orders for the following

week’s delivery.

• Orders can be changed

through both the website

or mobile app

26

Supply Chain Overview
We operate a largely outsourced and asset light supply chain

model, while always maintaining close oversight across

supply and delivery.

FOOD SUPPLIERS

We are dedicated to sourcing the freshest local produce, meat

and fish, by working closely with some of New Zealand’s best

food suppliers. My Food Bag exclusively provides free range

and sustainably farmed products across its entire portfolio

of brands.

FLEXIBLE SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIPS

We operate a ‘source-to-order’ model: purchase orders are

placed with suppliers on a weekly basis at the exact levels

required to match customer orders (allowing for a small buffer

of stock) to minimise waste and thus drive efficiency.

Through our ERP System, our purchase orders are

automatically generated based on the associated customer

orders for the week and sent out to suppliers on a Monday.

Items begin arriving at our chilled assembly centres on

Tuesday afternoon, and continue arriving as needed through

to Friday.

We have formed close relationships with our suppliers,

sharing demand and supply forecasts several weeks in

advance. If any supply issues are encountered, we have the

flexibility to adapt and respond with a range of different

recipe choices. Whilst current suppliers sign up to our

Approved Supplier Programme, smaller suppliers are

generally not contracted, providing us with greater flexibility.

FOOD

SUPPLIERS

ASSEMBLY

CENTRES

NETWORK OF

DISTRIBUTION

DEPOTS

OVERNIGHT

& EXCLUSIVE

DELIVERY

NETWORK

27

ASSEMBLY CENTRES
We operate from three chilled assembly

centres, two located in Auckland to

service the North Island and one in

Christchurch to service the South Island,

strategically positioned to provide

logistical efficiencies, giving us the

opportunity to reduce food miles and

gain greater delivery certainty during

weather events. At all of our centres,

physical capacity exceeds the current

and forecast output by a material

amount.

One of our key differentiators is that our

South Island assembly centre reduces the

carbon mileage for bag delivery relative

to only having one centre in Auckland.

Bags are distributed by long haul

freight partners from the Auckland and

Christchurch centres to approximately

30 depots across the country, before

finally being delivered to customers

weekly during select delivery windows

between Saturday and Monday.

At all assembly centres, picking and

packing labour is outsourced, providing

us with the ability to scale up and down

to meet demand. Each week over 500

shifts are undertaken by temporary

picking staff. The arrangements with the

temporary staffing agencies are flexible

in nature and allow us to optimise our

labour plan each week based on the

volume and range of bags sold.

We are currently securing

a new fit for purpose

facility in Christchurch.

Highbrook,

Auckland

Lease term: Jan 2023

Chilled area: 1,121m

2


Bag capacity: 10,000 per week

Pallet spaces: 290

Distribution area: North Island

Depots utilised: n/a

Highbrook stock is delivered

only to New Zealand Post’s

Auckland Courier Post Depot

Brigade Road,

Auckland

Lease term: Oct 2026

Chilled area: 3,357m

2


Bag capacity: 24,300 per week

Pallet spaces: 718

Distribution area: North Island

Depots utilised: 21

Matipo Street,

Christchurch

Lease term: Until Jan 2022

Chilled area: 2,459m

2


Bag capacity: 15,700 per week

Pallet spaces: 400

Distribution area: South Island

Depots utilised: 9

28

PICKING AND PACKING
We maintain full oversight of operations to ensure adherence

to quality control and food safety standards are met. Our

picking operations are largely manual, with workers typically

responsible for packing specific items into each bag. This

ensures a high pick accuracy and acts as a quality control

mechanism. My Choice Bags are picked on a separate line

from the standard bags due to the different picking process

that is utilised.

The picking and packing function is constantly evolving using

data and is subject to frequent review with a stringent focus on

efficiency, accuracy, cost reduction and product quality. Worker

engagement remains strong with high pick rates and accuracy.

OVERNIGHT AND EXCLUSIVE DELIVERY NETWORK

We have a strong relationship with distribution partner

New Zealand Post, recently renewing their contract for a

further five years until May 2025. We utilise New Zealand

Post’s depots and distribution network to transport our bags.

Along with providing ongoing logistics support, New Zealand

Post operates a currently exclusive, Sunday delivery service

for our bags. We also deliver bags to customers on a

Saturday and Monday through New Zealand Post’s standard

overnight delivery network. Utilising this overnight network

further expands our delivery footprint and allows My Food

Bag to reach ~86% of the New Zealand population.

New Zealand Post have also typically set up bespoke

delivery capabilities to service My Food Bag customers for

My Christmas Bags, as well as long weekends, to ensure

on-going deliveries and support our one-off products.

“ New Zealand Post has enjoyed being a long-standing distribution

partner of My Food Bag, working collaboratively with them to

grow their business. I am particularly proud of the way our teams

work seamlessly together to deliver the exceptional delivery

service My Food Bag customers have come to expect.”

David Walsh (New Zealand Post CEO)

29

FOOD SAFETY
My Food Bag is subject to the National Programme Level

3 (guidelines set out by the Ministry for Primary Industries)

as a retailer which handles food but does not prepare or

manufacture food. MPI complete business and site audits

of National Programme Type 3 once every two years.

Since 2017 we have had 8 MPI audits across our sites.

To date we have had minimal non-conformances flagged

during these audits and no non-compliances.

We also require our suppliers to meet a strict prescribed code

of conduct outlining food safety, ingredient and operational

requirements.

We also regularly review and audit our food handling settings

to ensure procedures meet the recommended standards.

We maintain a direct line of contact with customers, so that

any issues are immediately identified and remedied. This is

supported by a Serious Incident Register to record reported

customer complaints relating to food quality and concerns.

HEALTH AND SAFETY

We adopt a systematic approach to the management of

health and safety and have comprehensive health and safety

documentation in place. Detailed health and safety policies,

standards and procedures are implemented alongside hazard

and risk management processes, including an incident

notification and management system. We encourage active

involvement by directors, management, employees and

contractors to participate in improving health and safety

within our organisation.

My Food Bag has a Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

(TRIFR)

13

of 4 which is better than the current New Zealand

benchmark of 5.4.

14

We focus internally on critical risks,

with a strong emphasis on managing risks. For example,

we manage the risk of operating moving equipment inside

assembly centres safely through the use of an Infolink forklift

tracking system and by distancing equipment like forklifts

from workers, while also adopting strict traffic management

and separation procedures. Each site operates a Health

and Safety Committee which meets monthly and our senior

leadership team and Board are active participants in our site

safety audits.

COVID-19 PROTOCOLS

In response to COVID-19, we designed and implemented

the My Food Bag COVID-19 Prevention and Control Protocol

which outlines the actions we take to prevent and control the

transmission of COVID-19 throughout all of the New Zealand

Government’s COVID-19 Alert Levels. Our protocol ensures

minimal adjustment would be required if New Zealand were

to re-enter Alert Levels 3 or 4.

13 TRIFR is calculated by taking the number of injuries resulting in medical treatment or lost time, multiplying this number by 200,000 to standardise for business size

and then dividing by the number of hours worked in a month. It is then averaged over 12 months and is reported as a rolling 12 month figure.

14 Business Leaders’ Health & Safety Forum 2019 Benchmarking Report.

30

Digital and Technology
Infrastructure

Our highly scalable e-commerce infrastructure

has been developed and is supported by

our talented in-house digital team. This

infrastructure provides the business with the

ability to quickly bring new product offers

to market, to scale as the business continues

to grow and to evolve into new product

categories.

Our websites, account area and mobile

apps are the three key interaction points with

customers, all residing on our e-commerce

platform. Currently we see a high percentage

of Active Customers using the app on a

monthly basis. Constantly looking for ways to

improve the overall customer experience, we

embarked on an app upgrade project in 2020

to re-design and build a new mobile app

experience, expected to go live in 2021.

Our recently implemented ERP System, Infor,

fully integrates all business activities and

introduces a heightened layer of controls to

support recipe development, data integrity

and greater margin visibility.

Our supporting

infrastructure

31

Our environmental, social
and governance focus

We have implemented a comprehensive Approved Supplier

Programme and are only willing to partner with suppliers who

pledge to meet this prescribed code of conduct. In addition

to food safety, ingredient and operational requirements, this

document underpins a supplier’s commitment to ethical and

sustainable business practices such as:

• Exclusive use of free range, free farmed meat and animal

products

• Fair worker remuneration and labour rights

• Suppliers will operate a Health and Safety management

system compliant with the Health and Safety at Work

Act 2015, associated regulations and relevant codes

of practice

• Bribery and corruption free business practices

• Products free of harmful preservatives and/or additives

Additionally, all supply partners are required to run extensive

Food Control Plans or National Programmes, aligned to the

Food Act 2014. Gluten-free suppliers must also follow strict

gluten testing programs and are regularly audited.

We are continually striving to reduce waste in all parts of the

business as we make progress towards reducing our overall

environmental impact. Approximately 80% of our ingredients

by value are delivered to our assembly centres in re-usable

crates, avoiding the use of cardboard and other materials.

Packaging is fit for purpose, ensuring that we do not use more

plastic than needed. Each week any unused bags are given

to families in need and any food left over from recipe tests is

collected by Kiwi Harvest. We also have relationships with

a range of other charitable organisations, including Kaibosh

Food Rescue and the Auckland, Wellington and Christchurch

City Missions.

We use sustainable packaging where possible. Boxes are

made from 47% recycled cardboard, some ingredient

packaging is biodegradable, wool insulation liners are 100%

compostable and biodegradable, MADE meals are packaged

in recyclable PET trays and the ice packs we predominantly

utilise are filled with 100% water. This sustainable approach

is also front-of-mind in the selection of business partners – we

only work with suppliers who align themselves with our ethical

and environmental standards.

We launched a charitable partnership with Garden to Table

in 2020. Garden to Table is a charity which advocates for

learning through the growing of vegetables in New Zealand

primary schools. We collect donations for Garden to Table

from our customers via our websites. To date, we have

collected more than $10,000 for Garden to Table – enabling

hundreds of Kiwi kids to join the programme.

32

Kiwi Harvest is
a national food

rescue charity

collecting leftover

food from recipe

waste before it

goes to waste and

distributing it to

those in need

“ The Auckland City Mission has enjoyed

a long-standing relationship with My

Food Bag. The high quality produce

and ingredients we receive from My

Food Bag throughout the year form a

valuable part of the food parcels and

meals we create for our ever growing

number of clients. Additional to this

weekly contribution, My Food Bag

also run an annual Christmas gift drive

and the generosity of their customers

always astounds us and ensures we

can bring a little Christmas cheer to

many families in need.”

Chris Farrelly, City Missioner

33

From chefs in the Development Kitchen
to our award-winning Customer Love

team, our people have a strong focus on

delivering for our valued customers. We

have around 200 employees (approximately

182 full time employees) across Auckland’s

head office and our three assembly centres.

Our team is well-balanced with 54% women

and 46% men.

Our team has a strong sense of common purpose, pride

in our organisation and a shared commitment to My Food

Bag’s success. Our teams are flexible and agile, excited by

quick execution as well as long-term thinking and continuous

improvement. The business has a number of unique rituals

and benefits that provide numerous opportunities for teams

to connect and for the business to recognise individual, team

and business achievements.

Wellbeing is top of mind at My Food Bag, with access to

the employee assistance programme (EAP) and a dedicated

Wellness Committee to support our team. We have a highly

supportive parental leave programme and a commitment to

paying the Living Wage. Our staff also receive a generous

discount on all of our product range and are given their

birthday as an additional day of annual leave. In addition,

more than 90% of eligible staff participate in the annual

engagement survey with scores consistently high.

Our people

and culture

34

My Food Bag Rituals:
Foodie Name

Every staff member is invited to choose

a unique foodie middle name.

Company Meals

Fortnightly on Mondays we provide lunch for the

staff in our Auckland head office. Each shift of the

Auckland Operations team also hosts a fortnightly

meal specific to their shift.

Love Box

Held fortnightly in our Auckland head office this

ritual is focused on peer-to-peer recognition in the

form of “love notes”. Peers recognise anyone who

has gone above and beyond and each love note

recipient gets a spin on the Winning Wheel!

Bacon Bites

Every week the CEO (Kevin Bacon Bowler)

ends out his ruminations on the week via his

Bacon Bites email to all staff nationwide.

35

20172018201920202021202220232024
4.4

4.7

5.0

5.3

5.6

5.9

6.1

6.3

NEW ZEALAND ONLINE RETAILING (NZD BILLIONS)

Source: Ibis World Report: Online Shopping in New Zealand (October 2019)

The New Zealand meal kit and ready-made meals markets

are part of New Zealand’s online food delivery industry and

the wider $37 billion retail food sector.

15

Consumers buy meal kits and ready-made meals for a range

of reasons, including convenience, access to healthy and

nutritious meals, to achieve diet-based goals (such as weight

loss), cost benefits compared to alternative grocery shopping

methods and food waste reduction.

My Food Bag expects that growth in New Zealand’s meal

kit and ready-made meal markets, each a relatively new part

of the national food retail market, will be driven by a variety

of factors including increasing consumer preference and

propensity to buy online, and changing food, demographic

and societal trends. These same trends are driving growth in

meal kit and ready-made meal markets in developed countries

overseas (such as Australia and the United States).

ONLINE RETAIL AND GROCERY TRENDS

The New Zealand meal kit sector is still a relatively new

part of the national food retail market, although is expected

to grow as online retail, and in particular, online grocery,

continues to increase as a preferred channel throughout

the country.

The industry

Online retail

New Zealand online retail spending has steadily increased as

Kiwis have progressively shifted their shopping online.

15 This encompasses grocery sales, food and beverage services i.e. café, restaurant and takeaway spend, and specialised food retailing (e.g. butchers).

Stats NZ - Sales and stocks by industry, in current and constant prices (SAFC) (Annual-Mar) in the year ended 31 March 2020.

16 Ibis World Report: Online Shopping in New Zealand (October 2019).

17 https://thefulldownload.co.nz/ecommerce-spotlight-december.

18 New Zealand Post e-commerce Spotlight (October 2020).

19 New Zealand Post e-commerce Spotlight (August 2020).

Prior to COVID-19, New Zealand online retail spending was

forecast to grow at a Compound Annual Growth Rate of

4.7% between 2020 and 2024.

16

However, the impact of

COVID-19 has increased consumer preference and propensity

to buy online. In New Zealand, the first ten months of 2020

have seen online shopping spend grow by over 25%.

17


Furthermore, online shopping remained up ~22% year-on-

year in the month of September 2020 (despite New Zealand

returning to lower Alert Levels), indicating a permanent

change in New Zealand consumer behaviour.

18


The uplift in New Zealand’s online retail spending is driven by

three key factors:

• An increase in the number of people shopping online –

there were 172,000 new online shoppers in the six-month

period to 30 June 2020.

19


• Consumers buying more online – online transactions per

shopper in June 2020 were up 6% Year on Year.

19

• Consumers spending more per purchase online – the

average spend per transaction was up 7% in the

six months to 30 June 2020 compared to the prior

comparable period.

19

36

US eCOMMERCE SALES AS A % OF TOTAL US RETAIL SALES
20182019202020212022

13.7%

15.2%

16.9%

20.0%

18.7%

22.5%

20.6%

24.0%

Source: US Census Bureau, Euromonitor, Prologis Research forecast

Pre-pandemic

Post-pandemic

While New Zealand’s online retail spending has been

increasing, it remains a small proportion of total retail

spending. For the six months ended 30 June 2020, online

retail spending as a proportion of total retail spending was

11.6%, representing a large opportunity for further growth.

20


Further, New Zealand’s online retail spending growth rate

and penetration of total retail spending has lagged that of

other developed markets, for example the United States.

Prior to COVID-19, United States e-commerce sales as a

percentage of total retail sales was forecast to increase from

16.9% in 2020 to 20.6% in 2022. However, the impact of

COVID-19 on consumer purchasing behaviour is forecast

to accelerate this growth to achieve e-commerce sales as a

percentage of total retail sales of 20.0% in 2020 and 24.0%

in 2022. As a less developed online retail market, over time

New Zealand’s online retail spending is expected to reflect

the trends experienced in the United States.

20 New Zealand Post e-commerce Spotlight (July 2020).

21 In 2019 New Zealand Post estimated that online spend accounted for 4% of total sector spend. 4% has therefore been applied to the 2020 Statistics New Zealand

total New Zealand food retail sales figure. Total New Zealand food retail sales figure.

SPECIALITY FOOD GROCERIES AND LIQUOR

WEEKLY ONLINE SPEND

Source: NZ Post eCommerce Spotlight (August 2020)

2020

2019

$50m

$40m

$30m

$20m

$10m

$0m

JanFebMarAprMayJun

First case

Level 4Level 3Level 2Level 1

Border

closes

New Zealand food retail sales are worth approximately $37

billion (refer to New Zealand Food Retail Sales chart). While

New Zealand online food retail sales are growing (increasing

from 3% to 4% between 2018 and 2019), online food retail

sales currently account for just ~$1.5 billion of this value,

21


signalling significant upside for further online food retail

sales growth.

The supermarket and grocery industry in New Zealand is

currently dominated by two key players, Foodstuffs and

Woolworths, both of whom also offer an online delivery service.

Both players have over 400 stores and 180 stores respectively.

There are also a range of other boutique grocery stores and

specialist retailers, including Farro and Huckleberry, which

provide an online delivery service.

20162017201820192020

Source: Stats NZ - Sales and stocks by industry, in current and constant prices (SAFC)

(Annual-Mar)

Supermarket & grocery stores

Specialised food retailing

Food & beverage services

Liquor retailing

NEW ZEALAND FOOD RETAIL SALES (NZD BILLIONS)

18

10

19

10

20

11

21

12

22

12

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

2

Online grocery market

During 2020, New Zealand’s weekly online spend on specialty

food, groceries and liquor increased significantly due to the

impact of COVID-19 and continued at elevated levels compared

to 2019 despite New Zealand returning to lower Alert Levels,

demonstrating changing consumer behaviour and

a preference to shop for groceries and liquor online.

37

THE MEAL KIT MARKET
New Zealand’s meal kit industry primarily comprises three key competitors, My Food Bag, German-based

global meal kit delivery company HelloFresh, and New Zealand meal kit delivery company Woop,

although a number of other companies produce meal kit based bags, ready-made meals, or meat and

fresh produce bags.

NameMy Food BagHelloFreshWoop!

Launched in

New Zealand

201320182015

Ownership

Expected to be NZX and ASX

listed on completion of the Offer

Publically Listed (Frankfurt,

Germany)

New Zealand Private

Location of Customer

service team

New ZealandPhilippinesNew Zealand

Location of Recipe

Development team

New ZealandAustraliaNew Zealand

New Zealand

Assembly Centres

311

Delivery

~86% of the New Zealand

population

84% of the New Zealand

population

Major New Zealand

metropolitan areas

Persons serviced

1-62-41-4

Meal kit offering

✓✓✓

Heat and eat offering


Weight Loss Meal

kit offering


Price per plate range

Including shipping

$6.10 to $23.40$8.49 to $15.66$12.44 to $31.67

Offerings

(in New Zealand)

My Choice, My Classic,

Fresh Start Lite, My Family,

My Veggie, My Plant Based,

My Gourmet, My Gluten Free,

Bargain Box, Bargain Box

Veggie, MADE

Meat & Veggies, Veggie, Family Classic, Foodie, Balance,

Vegetarian, Gluten-free

The above table compares My Food Bag’s direct competitors in the New Zealand meal kit delivery

market. It does not include New Zealand supermarkets, who currently do not have large scale

meal kit delivery operations.

38

As market size or forecast market growth information is not
readily available for the New Zealand meal kit market, the

global, United States and Australian meal kit markets are

discussed below.

Prior to COVID-19, the global meal kit market was forecast to

increase at a Compound Annual Growth Rate of 17.1% from

2017 to 2024.

22

That predicted growth will likely be further

accelerated as a result of COVID-19. Given total online spend

on meal kits only contributes 9% of total online food and

grocery spend (pre- COVID-19), there is likely to be material

growth potential within the global meal kit market.

23

As the conversion of consumers to online food retail as a

proportion of total food retail continues to rise, the meal kit

industry is well placed to benefit from additional demand for

its product.

New Zealand’s meal kit industry primarily comprises three

key competitors, My Food Bag, German-based global meal

kit delivery company HelloFresh, and New Zealand meal

kit delivery company Woop, although a number of other

companies produce meal kit based bags, ready-made meals,

or meat and fresh produce bags.

THE READY-MADE MEAL MARKET

In 2019, the global ready-made meal market was valued at

USD 159.2 billion.

25

It is expected to grow at a Compound

Annual Growth Rate of 5.5% from 2020 to 2027. Ready-

made meals are a popular option for time poor consumers

opting for more convenient meal options to support their

busier lifestyles. There is increasing demand for ready-made

meals which are minimally processed and provide a healthier

alternative to takeaways. Consumers are also factoring

sustainable packaging into their purchasing of ready-made

meals.

Europe has a market value of over US$45 billion, with

North America being the second biggest market, while

Asia-Pacific is expected to grow rapidly.

26

In Australasia, the

market for ready-made meals, at retail prices, was estimated

at AUD 3.2 billion, with faster growth expectations than the

global market (6.1% Compound Annual Growth Rate from

2016 – 2022F).

27


22 Statista (pre- COVID-19).

23 Nielsen market research in Australia.

24 US Meal kit Industry Report (IBIS, 2019).

25 Ready meals market size, share & trends analysis report by product (frozen & chilled, canned, dried), by distribution channel (supermarket & hypermarket, online

retail), by region, and segment forecasts, 2020 – 2027.

26 Global Ready Meals Market – Growth, Trends, and Forecast (2018 – 2023).

27 Frost and Sullivan.

20172018201920202021202220232024

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.1

4.8

5.6

6.5

7.6

GLOBAL MEAL KIT MARKET (USD BILLIONS)

Source: Statista (pre- COVID-19)

AUSTRALIAN MEAL KIT REVENUE (A$M)

2014201520162017201820192020

Source: Ibis Australia Online Grocery Industry Report (2019) (HelloFresh) and

FactSet historical and consensus (Marley Spoon)

1,050

599

411

205

121

45

13

The United States meal kit market is the largest meal kit market

globally. It experienced significant growth and expansion

through the period of 2012 to 2017. The United States has

experienced a pulled forward increase in demand for meal

kits during COVID-19, resulting in an increase in revenue of

20.6%.

24

Following the impacts of COVID-19 it is anticipated

the United States will experience a 3.6% Compound Annual

Growth Rate from 2021 to 2025, as the increase in the

demand is pulled forward and increase in market size

is sustained.

The Australian meal kit market size is more comparable to

that of New Zealand. Based on publicly available meal kit

data, from Marley Spoon and HelloFresh, revenue growth in

the Australian market has occurred at exponential rates. Since

2014 the Compound Annual Growth Rate has been 109%,

with revenue on average doubling each year. The Australian

market acts as a good proxy for New Zealand due to the

existence of two to three key competitors and similar lifestyles

and trends experienced in both countries. The Australian

market has also experienced a similar recent increase in

demand with the expected growth in 2020 exceeding that

of 2019.

39

Food, demographic and societal trends
Growth in the meal kit and ready-made meal markets is expected to

be supported by evolving consumer food, demographic and societal

trends. There is significant opportunity for market participants

to develop and innovate products to further cater to existing

consumers’ needs and attract new consumers to these markets.

28 Ministry of Health – Healthy eating guidance 2020.

29 Research and Markets – Organic Fresh Food Market (2019-2023).

30 Cambridge University Press - The Role of Influencer Marketing and Social Influencers in Public Health.

31 International Business & Economics Research Journal - The Effect And Influence Of Country-Of-Origin On Consumers Perception Of Product Quality And Purchasing Intentions.

32 ZypMedia Survey – Consumers Want to Support Their Local Economy by Supporting Local Businesses.

33 Clodagh O’Brien – The Emergence of the Social Media Empowered Customer.

34 https://www.foodnavigator-usa.com/Article/2020/03/16/For-personalized-nutrition-to-reach-its-full-market-potential-brands-must-better-explain-benefits#

35 New Zealand Post e-commerce Report 2019.

TRENDDESCRIPTIONOPPORTUNITY FOR MARKET

PARTICIPANTS

Health & wellbeing

• Consumers are being encouraged to place

emphasis on healthy attributes in their meal

choices.

28

There is a strong focus by consumers

to eat more natural, fresh foods, to stay healthy

and lose weight.

29


• Dietary trends are receiving greater exposure with

the rise of social networking and influencers.

30


While many trends are often short lived, medically

backed diets are becoming ever more prevalent.

• Develop products that focus

on consumer health or cater to

specific dietary requirements.

Provenance

• Consumers increasingly reference product quality

based on its origin.

31

Consumers are demanding

locally grown produce to ensure food quality and

safety. In addition, the prevalence of COVID-19

has seen an emphasis on “support local”.

32

• Specify and source ingredients

from local producers and

demonstrate to consumers the

origins of product components.

Online migration

• Consumers are empowered by social networks and

digital devices, increasingly dictating what they

want, when and where they want it.

33

Consumers

are demanding a more personalised service and

expect offerings to be tailored to suit their needs.

34

• In New Zealand, online purchasing of food is

growing materially faster than offline channels,

with 18% year-on-year growth in 2019.

35

In 2018,

the average online basket size at $138 was 267%

higher than the average offline basket.

34

• Utilise online social networks

to convert brand followers to

customers.

• Facilitate personalised

online consumer interactions

and purchasing through

consumer facing ecommerce

developments.

40

36 https://www.nielsen.com/ug/en/insights/article/2018/in-todays-hyperconnected-world-convenience-is-the-ultimate-currency/.
37 https://kerry.com/insights/kerrydigest/2020/meal-kits-retail-restaurants.

38 https://www.bcg.com/en-au/publications/2020/sustainability-matters-now-more-than-ever-for-consumer-companies.

39 NZ Post eCommerce Review 2019 (Colmar Brunton 2020).

40 Harvard Business Review – We’re Entering the Age of Corporate Social Justice.

41 http://www.superseniors.msd.govt.nz/about-superseniors/media/key-statistics.html.

42 NCB – Nutrition Concerns for Aging Populations.

43 https://www.foodnavigator-usa.com/Article/2020/04/15/Survey-Cooking-at-home-will-become-the-new-normal-post-pandemic

44 https://www.foodnetwork.com/fn-dish/news/2018/9/americans-are-cooking-more-meals-at-home--eating-out-less.

45 https://www.naturalproductsinsider.com/regulatory/consumers-will-pay-price-premiums-healthy-foods.

TRENDDESCRIPTIONOPPORTUNITY FOR MARKET

PARTICIPANTS

Convenience

• Due to a wide range of factors, consumers

are increasingly time poor and are looking for

time saving alternatives.

36

Stemming from this,

more dual-working families and households are

demanding convenient meal solutions such as meal

kits and ready-made meals.

37

• Continue to tailor both the

product and delivery options

to maximise consumer

convenience.

Environmental, social

and governance

• There is an increasing focus on food retailers and

manufacturers to reduce waste, increase recycling

and promote environmentally friendly practices.

38


• Other focus areas include consumers recognising

the importance of plant-based meals for the

environment (a Colmar Brunton survey published

in February 2020 shows 49% of Kiwis agree

they need to change their diet to save the

environment).

39


• Consumers are looking for corporates who

‘do social good’.

40

They are evaluated on an

all-encompassing set of social metrics before

consumers will trust, follow or purchase from a

particular brand.

• Increase use of sustainable

practices and educate

consumers on the benefits of

reducing food waste and how

meal kits assist with this.

• Introduce consumers to the

sustainability benefits of eating

more plant-based meals and

locally sourced ingredients.

• Align to consumer values to

build brand loyalty.

Ageing population

• By 2036, the over 65 population of New Zealand

is forecast to increase 77% to approximately 1.3

million.

41

There is an increasing awareness of the

importance of eating well with the publishing of

new research emphasising the benefit of a fresh,

healthy and balanced diet in older age.

42

• Recognise nutritional needs

of a growing population

group and support their

health and well-being through

product development and

communications.

• Target new sales channels such

as aged care facilities for ready-

made meals.

Cooking at home

• Consumers want more control over their nutritional

intake and this is promoting an increase in the

number of households who cook at home.

43

An

increase in food media is also inspiring at-home

chefs.

44

• Encourage cooking at home by

making it a more enjoyable and

accessible experience through

products and communications.

Premiumisation

• Positioning claims and special nutritional

designations are becoming an increasingly

important driver of consumer purchasing decisions.

Free-range and organic products are also being

increasingly sought after by consumers.

45


• Provide options for unique

and premium products in

order to grow brand loyalty.

41

KEY INITIATIVEDESCRIPTION
1Drive increased order

frequency by providing

further personalisation

choices

• Our My Choice Bag was rolled out nationwide in July 2020 in response to multiple

customer requests for choice and was designed to improve meal optionality without

increasing recipe development requirements.

• Customer satisfaction and average recipe ratings are both extremely strong, indicating

that being able to choose a personalised combination of recipes is a strength of this

offer.

• My Choice Bag is already displaying strong unit economics and a material increase

in customer purchase frequency relative to My Classic Bag. Over the 13 weeks to

15 November 2020, on average My Choice Bag customers purchased 18% more

frequently than My Classic Bag customers.

• Learnings from My Choice Bag inform the direction of New Product Development (NPD)

and the introduction of further customer choice into the portfolio.

• Additional recipe types, upgrades and enhancements are currently under development.

Building on our history of innovation and exceptional customer service, we have

identified a pipeline of growth opportunities based upon two strategic areas of focus:

1. Continued leadership in the meal kit market and expanding our food-based offerings to align to consumer trends

and play a bigger part in customers’ lives. These are current and continuing areas of focus for the business, which

we refer to as Horizon One; and

2. Utilising the established My Food Bag platform to disrupt the business to consumer market, for example, by

expanding into the broader online food and grocery market. We refer to this area of focus as Horizon Two.

These opportunities have been identified and are in development for future launch with benefits expected after the

Prospective Period.

Horizon One – Lead in meals & expand food-based offerings

We have a proven record of successful growth since our inception in 2013, consistently bringing innovative product

ranges and recipes to market to cater to changing consumer food, demographic and societal trends.

Continuing this trend, we have a range of ongoing and potential growth opportunities within our core addressable

market, each of which aim to leverage our existing platform:

Our growth

strategy

42

KEY INITIATIVEDESCRIPTION
2Expand our high

retention goal-based

offerings

• Our goal-based offerings include Fresh Start, My Plant Based Bag and My Veggie Bag, with

Bargain Box Veggie also being trialled in Q2 FY21 to meet the need for a vegetarian box

at a lower price point.

• All goal-based offerings display high levels of customer retention, delivery frequency and

engagement.

• Growth in Fresh Start has been strong (with a Compound Annual Growth Rate of 21.9%

over FY18 to FY20), despite low awareness, presenting an opportunity to expand market

presence via an increased marketing focus. We expect growth in Fresh Start to continue.

• Growth has also been experienced in My Plant Based Bag and My Veggie Bag with a

Compound Annual Growth Rate of 34.8% over FY18 to FY20, with growth expected to

continue.

• Further innovation in goal-based offerings is currently in the pipeline.

3Secure further Contribution

Margin uplift via

procurement optimisation

• Our increased scale and consequent improvement in purchasing power has provided a

significant opportunity to improve our Contribution Margin.

• Through our focus on procurement optimisation, we have been able to provide higher

quality ingredients to our customers, enhancing customer experience.

• Further procurement efficiencies have been identified across ingredients, labour and

packaging, which are expected to provide additional Contribution Margin improvements.

4Implement system

and operational

improvements

• Our rigorous focus on improving our digital and operational systems is forecast to drive

further margin uplift in the PFI period, while also building the foundation to capitalise

upon future growth opportunities.

• The established ERP System assists in waste-avoidance and productivity improvements,

providing material cost-out as well as allowing for simple addition and integration of

further SKUs to the system.

• We have identified additional opportunities for cost upside within our value chain

including enhancement of stock planning, improved supplier negotiations, tailored

marketing and recipe optimisation.

5Profitable delivery

growth of the

MADE offering

• We have successfully changed the operating model for MADE to improve profitability

and target new customer segments, with further opportunities planned.

• MADE unlocks a new customer demographic for My Food Bag and acts as a key

differentiator from competitors. MADE has been well-received by customers and a

popular option in My Choice Bag.

• We have identified further growth potential through the expansion of products into goal-

based offerings, new distribution channels and new meal formats.

• The New Zealand ready-made market is under-developed with no large leading brand,

and established brands not displaying any significant innovation. This is particularly

evident when considered in the context of the more mature ready-made sector in global

western markets.

43

Horizon Two – Utilise the My Food Bag
platform to disrupt the business

to consumer market

We consider that there is a significant opportunity to utilise

the established My Food Bag platform (brand, database,

nationwide coverage, capability) to disrupt the business to

consumer market and expand beyond our core addressable

meal kit and ready-made meal market.

We have always been focussed on the customer and have

a proven track record of innovation to meet evolving and

growing consumer needs, and the following areas have been

identified as potential initiatives to further grow our existing

operations:

• New food categories: Enter new food categories by

leveraging the existing business model and platform

(e.g. expansion into the broader online food and grocery

market).

• New distribution channels: Move beyond online and sell

our existing products through new distribution channels

(e.g. MADE meals in aged care facilities).

• Beyond food: Leverage our food credentials to expand

beyond food and provide a wide range of consumer

products (e.g. household cleaners, personal care products

or pet food).

• Vertical integration: Elements of the supply chain could

be performed in-house providing significant margin

improvement opportunities (e.g. in-house manufacturing).

4444

TONY ‘TEA’ CARTER
INDEPENDENT CHAIR

Tony joined the My Food Bag board in January 2021 and

was appointed Chair at that time.

Tony has a broad range of experience in governance across

the consumer, industrial services, infrastructure, and energy

sectors. Tony moved into governance following a successful

executive career, where he served as Chief Executive and

Managing Director at Foodstuffs – New Zealand’s largest

retail organisation – for 10 years.

Tony is currently Chairman of Datacom and TR Group and

sits on the respective boards of ANZ Bank New Zealand

and Vector. He was formerly Chair of Air New Zealand

for six years, Chair of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare for eight

years and a director of Fletcher Building for nine years.

He was Chairman of the New Zealand Institute when it

merged with the New Zealand Business Roundtable to form

the New Zealand Initiative in 2012, of which he served as

inaugural Chairman until 2013.

Tony graduated from the University of Canterbury with a

Bachelor of Engineering with honours, before completing

a Master of Philosophy degree at Loughborough University

of Technology in the United Kingdom. He was made a

Companion of the New Zealand Order of Merit for services

to business governance in 2020.

JENNIFER (JEN) ‘BISCOTTI’ BUNBURY

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Jen was appointed as a director of My Food Bag in

January 2021.

Jen has an extensive background in financial services,

including NZX listings, acquisitions, mergers, and strategic

advisory. She was a director in the Investment Banking team

at Craigs Investment Partners for nine years, with experience

in the horticulture, logistics, and energy sectors. Her earlier

career included investor relations roles at BHP and Publicis

in Europe, following four years in the Investment Banking

team at ABN Amro in New Zealand.

Most recently, Jen served as the Chief Financial Officer for

NZX50-listed Tourism Holdings until October 2020 and was

a director of Togo Group during this time. She is a member

of the Institute of Directors and participated in the Future

Directors’ programme, spending 12 months with the board

of agribusiness Scales Corporation.

Jen completed a Bachelor of Commerce majoring in

finance, graduating with first class honours from the

University of Canterbury.

Our directors and

senior leadership team

Board of directors

45

CHRIS ‘MACADAMIA’ MARSHALL
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Chris Marshall joined the My Food

Bag board on 6 October 2016, upon

Waterman Capital’s acquisition of a

majority stake in My Food Bag.

Chris co-founded Waterman Capital

in 2004 and is currently serving as an

executive director of Waterman Capital.

Waterman Capital is a private company

investor which invests in mid-market

New Zealand growth businesses.

Chris has more than 20 years of

principal investment experience in

New Zealand. Prior to this Chris worked

in a management consulting role in

London assisting mid-market businesses.

Chris is a member of Waterman’s

Investment Committee and is currently

a non-executive director of Healthcare

Holdings Limited (owner of the Mercy

Ascot Hospitals and other healthcare

businesses) and a non-executive

director of Lewis Holdings Limited,

an investment company associated with

Sir David Levene.

Chris graduated with a Bachelor of

Commerce from the University of Otago

and is a Chartered Accountant.

SARAH ‘SAUERKRAUT’ HINDLE

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Sarah was appointed as a director of

My Food Bag in January 2021.

Sarah has a broad range of experience

in management and governance across

the technology and consumer sectors.

She was most recently the founding

general manager of Tech Futures Lab,

where she helped grow NZ’s most

innovative, tech-led learning institute.

Previously, Sarah was Global Head of

Business Delivery for Direct Wines and

Manager of Customer Experience and

Digital for KPMG Boxwood in the United

Kingdom. She began her career as a

solicitor for Minter Ellison Rudd Watts

in New Zealand.

Sarah is also passionate about agri-tech

and the application of ‘tech for good’

and has held governance roles as Chair

of the Executive Council of AgriTech

New Zealand and as a director and

deputy chair for NZTech.

Sarah holds a Bachelor of Arts and

Bachelor of Laws from Victoria University

of Wellington, along with an MBA from

BI Norwegian School of Management.

She is enrolled as barrister and solicitor

of the High Court in New Zealand.

JON ‘MACCHIATO’ MACDONALD

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Jon Macdonald joined the My Food Bag

board in January 2021.

Jon has deep experience in technology,

the internet and consumer behaviour.

He held senior roles at Trade Me for

more than 15 years, including 11 years

as Chief Executive Officer, and has since

held a position as a director (through

Trade Me’s parent company, Titan Parent

NZ Ltd). He is also on the boards of

Contact Energy, Mitre 10, NZX, and

Sharesies.

Earlier in his career, Jon worked in the

UK for HSBC, and in Australia and New

Zealand for Deloitte. He has a Bachelor

of Engineering (Hons) from the University

of Canterbury, and is a Chartered

Member of the NZ Institute of Directors.

46

KEVIN ‘BACON’
BOWLER

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Kevin drives the team to

do the basics brilliantly

every week while

also developing and

implementing the long-

term vision and goals.

He is responsible for all

day-to-day management

decisions.

Past experience:

• CEO, Frucor Suntory

Beverages NZ

(2016 – 2018)

• CEO, Tourism

New Zealand

(2010 – 2016)

• CEO, Yahoo!Xtra

(2007 – 2009)

MARK ‘WHITEBAIT’

WINTER

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Mark leads the finance

function and has primary

responsibility for planning,

implementing, and

controlling all finance

related activities. He

achieves this with a

collaborative team

focused on strong business

partnerships.

Past experience:

• Group Financial

Controller, Fonterra

Brands NZ

(2016 – 2019)

• Commercial Manager

Operations & Supply

Chain, Fonterra Brands

NZ (2015 – 2016)

• GM Commercial

Operations, Fonterra

LATAM (2014 – 2015)

RICHARD ‘RAGU’

WAFER

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

Richard oversees the

largest team, managing the

entire supply chain. This

includes the procurement of

product, the development,

design and improvement of

production and the logistics

of distribution systems.

Past experience:

• Chief Procurement

Officer and National

Purchasing and

Operations Manager,

My Food Bag

(2014 – 2016)

• National Planning

Manager and Demand

Manager, Goodman

Fielder (2011 – 2014)

LOUISE ‘CHORIZO’

CUNNINGHAM

CHIEF MARKETING

& CUSTOMER OFFICER

Lou develops marketing

strategies that drive

revenue growth, enhance

customer experience and

create social impact. Lou

also leads the Customer

Love team ensuring My

Food Bag delivers award

winning customer service

and constantly delights

customers.

Past experience:

• Executive Director,

Geometry Global

(Ogilvy NZ)

(2013 – 2017)

• Independent Director,

UNION / Digital

(2013 – 2015)

• Partner and

Shareholder, Farrimond

Ltd (2007 – 2011)

Senior leadership team

My Food Bag’s senior leadership team have an average tenure at the company of more than 4 years.

The team bring a depth and breadth of experience across multiple industries including FMCG, services,

e-commerce and media. The team have backgrounds that encompass early phase start-ups through to

corporates within New Zealand and overseas. With an equal representation of men and women, the

team have a proven track record of working effectively to lead the business strategy and culture.

47

CRAIG ‘COFFEE’
JORDAN

CHIEF DIGITAL OFFICER

Craig manages all

digital, technology and

data functions, leading a

capable data driven team

responsible for maintaining

and enhancing My

Food Bag’s proprietary

e-commerce platform,

along with providing

actionable data insights.

Past experience:

• Chief Digital Officer,

The Warehouse Group

(2014 – 2017)

• Various executive and

senior leadership roles,

Trade Me

(2007 – 2014)

MEAGAN ‘MARZIPAN’

HALPIN

HEAD OF PEOPLE

& PERFORMANCE

Meagan ensures My Food

Bag attracts top talent and

matches them to the right

roles. She has a strong

focus on inclusive company

communications that has

resulted in an engaged

workforce and a reputation

as an enviable place to

work.

Past experience:

• Managing Director

Human Resources,

mcgarrybowen

(2005 – 2016)

• Senior Benefits

Counselor, University of

Virginia (2003 – 2005)

• HR Generalist,

Barnes & Noble.com

(2000 – 2003)

POLLY ‘POMEGRANATE’

BRODIE

HEAD OF DEVELOPMENT

KITCHEN

Polly leads a passionate

team in designing new

recipes each week while

maintaining a strong focus

on ingredient margin

and My Food Bag’s high

nutritional standards.

Past experience:

• Development Kitchen

and Nutrition Manager,

My Food Bag

(2015 – 2018)

• Recipe Development

and Test Kitchen Chef,

My Food Bag

(2014 – 2015)

• Sous Chef, Motor

Yacht Sirona III

(2012 – 2014)

TRISH ‘TERIYAKI’

WHITWELL

HEAD OF INNOVATION

Trish drives business

growth through the

creation of new products

and the evolution of

existing products. She runs

a collaborative innovation

process that allows My

Food Bag to respond

quickly to market changes.

Past experience:

• Head of Marketing,

My Food Bag

(2016 – 2017)

• Marketing Manager

– Meadow Fresh,

Goodman Fielder

(2015 – 2016)

• Marketing Manager

– Digital Channels,

TVNZ (2011 – 2013)

48

Substantial shareholders and relevant interests held by directors and senior managers
SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

As at the date of this PDS, the following shareholders have a relevant interest in 5% or more of the Shares in the Company:

SHAREHOLDER AND NATURE

OF RELEVANT INTEREST

NUMBER OF

SHARES

% OF

SHARES

Waterman Fund 3 LP is the registered holder and beneficial owner of Shares in the Company.

Waterman Capital (Fund 3) Limited has the power to control the acquisition and disposition of,

and the exercise of the right to vote attached to, the Shares held by Waterman Fund 3 LP as manager

of that fund under an investment management contract and therefore has a relevant interest in the

Shares held by Waterman Fund 3 LP.

141,190,00066.35%

Cecilia Charlotte Louise Robinson, Heimsath Alexander Trustee Limited and James Charles Robinson

are the registered holders of Shares in the Company as trustees of the APL Holdings Trust.

23,800,60011.18%

Philippa Mary Greenwood and Theresa Elizabeth Gattung are the registered holders of Shares

in the Company as trustees of the Theresa Gattung Investment Trust.

21,783,60010.24%

Carlos Edward James Bagrie, Covisory Trust Limited, JKA Holdings Limited and Nadia Rui-chi Lim

are the registered holders of Shares in the Company as trustees of the Bagrie Lim Family Trust.

12,102,0005.69%

The following shareholders are likely to have a relevant interest in 5% or more of the Shares in the Company immediately following

completion of the Offer:

SHAREHOLDER AND NATURE

OF RELEVANT INTEREST

NUMBER OF

SHARES

% OF

SHARES

Waterman Fund 3 LP will be the registered holder and beneficial owner of Shares in the Company.

Waterman Capital (Fund 3) Limited will have the power to control the acquisition and disposition of,

and the exercise of the right to vote attached to, the Shares held by Waterman Fund 3 LP as manager

of that fund under an investment management contract and therefore has a relevant interest in the

Shares held by Waterman Fund 3 LP.

36,365,62915.00%

Harbour Asset Management Limited will have as fund manager, the power to exercise (or control the

exercise of) a right to vote attached to, and power to acquire or dispose of (or control the acquisition

or disposal of), certain Shares, under investment powers contained in investment management

agreements with clients (the beneficial owners of the product) or managed fund trust deeds.

1

15,405,4056.35%

Milford Funds Limited will have as fund manager, the power to exercise (or control the exercise of) a

right to vote attached to, and power to acquire or dispose of (or control the acquisition or disposal

of), certain Shares, under investment powers contained in managed fund trust deeds.

1

15,405,4056.35%

Investment Services Group Limited is the sole shareholder of Devon Funds Management Limited and

Clarity Funds Management Limited. Each of Devon Funds Management Limited and Clarity Funds

Management Limited will have as independent fund managers, the power to exercise (or control the

exercise of) a right to vote attached to, and power to acquire or dispose of (or control the acquisition

or disposal of), certain Shares, under investment powers contained in investment management

agreements with clients (the beneficial owners of the product) or managed fund trust deeds.

1

13,783,7825.69%

Note:

1. Allocations have been made to certain Institutional Investors in advance of the Bookbuild, who have committed to bid for at least

a certain number of Shares in the Bookbuild at the Offer Price (including Harbour Asset Management Limited, Milford Funds

Limited, Devon Funds Management Limited and Clarity Funds Management Limited). Those Institutional Investors may choose to

bid for additional Shares in the Bookbuild, in which case there is no assurance that such investors will be allocated any Shares

in excess of their pre-committed allocation, and therefore the table above only reflects committed allocations as at the date of

this PDS.

49

SHAREHOLDINGS HELD BY DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGERS
The table below sets out the equity securities in the Company that the directors and senior managers of My Food Bag have an

interest in prior to the Offer (at the date of the PDS) and will likely have an interest in immediately following completion of the Offer.

DIRECTOR

OR SENIOR

MANAGERNATURE OF RELEVANT INTEREST

PRIOR TO THE OFFER

IMMEDIATELY

FOLLOWING THE OFFER

1

Number of

Shares

% of

Shares

Number of

Shares

% of

Shares

Tony Carter

20% or more interest in Loughborough Investments Limited

(which will be the registered holder of Shares), resulting

in Tony being deemed to have the same relevant interest

in the Shares as Loughborough Investments Limited. --54,0540.02%

Jen BunburyRegistered holder as trustee of the Jennifer L Bunbury Trust.--16,2160.01%

Sarah HindleRegistered holder and beneficial owner--10,8110.00%

Jon MacdonaldRegistered holder and beneficial owner--54,0540.02%

Chris Marshall

20% or more interest in Waterman Capital (Fund 3)

Limited, resulting in Chris being deemed to have the same

relevant interests in the Shares as Waterman Fund 3 LP

and Waterman Capital (Fund 3) Limited described in the

substantial shareholders table above.141,190,00066.35%36,365,62915.00%

20% or more interest in CMC Limited (which will be the

registered holder of Shares), resulting in Chris being

deemed to have the same relevant interest in the Shares

as CMC Limited.--54,0540.02%

Kevin BowlerBeneficial owner

2

4,437,4002.09%1,109,3500.46%

Mark WinterBeneficial owner

2

1,008,5000.47%252,1250.10%

Notes:

1. Directors and senior managers are permitted to acquire Shares under the Offer. The interests in Shares expected to be held

immediately following the Offer reflect the intentions of the directors and senior managers at the date of the PDS in relation to

their acquisition of Shares under the Offer.

2. These Shares are held by SaleCo as trustee on behalf of the relevant senior manager until that senior manager’s loan has been

repaid in full under the Existing Senior Executive Share Ownership Scheme described below, at which point the Shares will be

transferred to the relevant senior manager.

50

Other equity securities of the Company
Under the Constitution, any other class of equity securities

of the Company that ranks equally with, or in priority to,

the Shares may be issued without a special resolution of

the holders of the Shares. However, the issue of new equity

securities in the Company is governed by the NZX Listing

Rules, which requires the approval by ordinary resolution of

the holders of the Shares to the issue of new equity securities,

except in certain circumstances set out in the NZX Listing Rules.

Directors’ remuneration and other benefits

The table below sets out the total remuneration and value

of other benefits received by each director of the Company

during FY20 and expected to be received in FY21, as well

as the nature of the services to which that remuneration,

or those other benefits, relates (other than services provided

in a person’s capacity as a director).

DIRECTOR

TOTAL

REMUNERATION

AND VALUE OF

OTHER BENEFITS

RECEIVED IN FY20

46


EXPECTED TOTAL

REMUNERATION

AND VALUE OF

OTHER BENEFITS

EXPECTED TO BE

RECEIVED IN FY21

47

Tony Carter-$46,411

Jen Bunbury-$21,548

Sarah Hindle-$13,534

Jon Macdonald-$28,178

Chris Marshall$30,000$37,288

The remuneration paid to the directors of the Company in

FY21 will be higher than that paid in FY20. This reflects that,

as a result of the listing of My Food Bag on the NZX Main

Board and ASX, the directors have increased responsibilities

and will be required to devote more time to the performance

of their duties as directors.

The fees for non-executive directors of the Company that

will apply from listing have been fixed as a total pool of

$600,000 per annum.

The directors are entitled to be reimbursed for all reasonable

travel, accommodation and other expenses incurred by them

in connection with their attendance at Board or shareholder

meetings, or otherwise in connection with the Company’s

business.

The Company has granted indemnities, as permitted by

the Companies Act and the FMCA, in favour of each of

its directors. The Company also maintains insurance for its

directors and officers.

Employee remuneration

During FY20 a number of employees, not being directors

of the Company, received remuneration and other benefits

in their capacity as employees that exceeded $100,000 in

value as follows:

REMUNERATIONNO. OF EMPLOYEES

$100,000 to $109,9991

$110,000 to $119,9991

$130,000 to $139,9991

$140,000 to $149,9991

$150,000 to $159,9991

$160,000 to $169,9991

$170,000 to $179,9992

$180,000 to $189,9992

$190,000 to $199,9993

$220,000 to $229,9991

$230,000 to $239,9991

$250,000 to $259,9991

$260,000 to $269,9991

$320,000 to $329,9991

$330,000 to $339,9991

$500,000 to $509,9991

Kevin Bowler’s remuneration as Chief Executive during FY20

was $500,000 and is expected to be $509,500 in FY21.

FY21 employee remuneration is expected to be higher

than FY20. As well as small increases to employee base

remuneration, a one-off COVID-19 discretionary payment

of $140,000 was paid to 14 senior leaders in June 2020.

Additionally, higher FY21 short term incentive payments

are anticipated as a result of expected over-delivery against

the incentive targets. The CEO did not participate in the

FY21 COVID-19 payment and is ineligible for the short term

incentive programme. In addition, certain senior executives

have received shares in FY21 under the existing senior

executive ownership scheme outlined on the following page.

46 Chris Marshall is the only current director of My Food Bag who was also a member of the Board during FY20.

47 The expected total remuneration and value of other benefits for FY21 includes an additional amount paid to Tony Carter ($17,260), Jen Bunbury ($8,014)

and Jon Macdonald ($10,479) for their participation in the due diligence process in relation to the Offer.

51

Section 3
Purpose

of the Offer

New senior executive incentive scheme

My Food Bag has established a senior executive incentive

scheme in which the Board has invited Kevin Bowler and

Mark Winter to participate. Under the scheme, a senior

executive who is invited to participate will be offered a

number of share rights determined by dividing a dollar value

by the value of one My Food Bag share at the date of the

offer of share rights. The dollar value of the grant of share

rights will be determined based upon My Food Bag’s EBITDA

and certain other performance hurdles, assessed against My

Food Bag’s performance during FY22F against the PFI with a

grant only being made where My Food Bag outperforms the

PFI for this period.

Subject to the senior executive remaining employed at

30 June 2023, each share right under the initial grant is

converted to one ordinary share. The executive is liable for

tax on the shares received at this point.

The Board intends to consider implementing a long term

incentive scheme for My Food Bag’s senior management after

the Offer during FY22, which is not expected to have any

impact on the PFI for FY22F.

Existing senior executive share

ownership scheme

In addition to the new senior executive incentive scheme,

certain senior executives (and former directors) of My Food

Bag participate in an executive share ownership scheme

which provides participants with an interest free loan in

order to fund the exercise price of options up to 100% of the

amount of the exercise price of those options. The executive

share ownership scheme has been in existence since

November 2016 with the last grant of options being made

under the scheme in June 2019, and all options under the

plan have now vested and been exercised. As at the date of

this PDS, participants in the scheme have a beneficial interest

in 11,093,500 Shares which are held on trust on their behalf

by SaleCo (and the Shares issued under the scheme are

of the same class as those being offered under the Offer),

being the only securities issued under the scheme within the

12 months prior to the date of this PDS. The existing scheme

will cease upon My Food Bag Group being listed and

participants are entitled to sell up to 75% of the Shares held

by them under the scheme before the Offer through the Offer,

with the proceeds to be used to repay loans made by My

Food Bag to participants and any remaining amount retained

by those participants (including to meet tax obligations). These

participants are subject to the escrow arrangements described

in Section 5 (Terms of the Offer) in respect of their remaining

Shares held upon completion of the Offer.

Other governance disclosures

The Board intends to adopt, from listing, various board

policies and charters that are typical for a company listed on

the NZX Main Board and ASX. Following listing, the Board

will have the power to appoint additional directors to the

Board from time to time, in accordance with the NZX Listing

Rules. Any director appointed by the Board must retire and

seek re-appointment at the next Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

of My Food Bag in accordance with the NZX Listing Rules.

52

The purpose of the Offer is to raise capital for My Food Bag to repay debt and to enable Existing Shareholders to realise part
of their investment by selling up to 155.3 million Shares. The minimum amount that must be raised before the Shares are issued

or transferred is $250 million.

The proceeds from the Offer will be used, and relate to our strategy, as follows:

AMOUNTUSE OF PROCEEDS

$38.2 millionTo repay bank debt

$16.7 millionTo fund Offer costs

$54.8 millionTotal proceeds from new Shares

Up to $193.9 millionProceeds to be received by Waterman for the sale of its existing Shares

Up to $93.4 millionProceeds to be received by other selling shareholders for the sale of their existing Shares

Up to $342.2 millionTotal gross proceeds from the Offer

In FY21F, and prior to the date of this PDS, My Food Bag borrowed an additional $45.7 million of bank debt, and has repaid

$51.1 million of shareholder loans (which have been treated as equity in the Historical Period). As noted above, My Food Bag will

apply $38.2 million of the proceeds from the Offer to repay bank debt, resulting in forecast drawn bank debt of $16.2 million at the

end of FY21F in comparison to $16.9 million of drawn bank debt at the end of FY20. You can find further details about My Food

Bag’s cash flows in the Supplementary Financial Information.

The use of the money raised under the Offer will not change depending on the total amount that is raised, although the number of

Shares that Waterman sells will depend on the level of demand in the Offer and the number of Shares that the Existing Shareholders

sell will depend on the level of demand in the Offer excluding the Priority Offer. The Offer is not underwritten.

Section 3

Purpose

of the Offer

53

Bookbuild19 February 2021
Foodies Offer, Priority Offer and Broker Firm Offer opens19 February 2021

Foodies Offer, Priority Offer and Broker Firm Offer closes26 February 2021

Ordinary shares are issued/transferred4 March 2021

Ordinary shares are quoted5 March 2021

Expected commencement of trading on the NZX Main Board and ASX5 March 2021

Earliest expected mailing of holding statements8 March 2021

Expected date of first dividend payment following the OfferDecember 2021

This timetable is indicative only and the dates may change. My Food Bag, with the agreement of the Joint Lead Managers,

reserves the right to vary or extend these dates.

Section 4

Key dates and

offer process

54

Section 5
Terms

of the Offer

55

Key terms of the Offer
The table below sets out the terms of the Offer. All Shares are issued on the terms set out in the Constitution (a copy of which is

available on the Offer Register).

DESCRIPTION OF THE

SHARES

Ordinary shares

KEY DATES

See Section 4 (Key dates and offer process)

STRUCTURE OF THE OFFER

The Offer comprises:

• The Foodies Offer, which is available only to Eligible Foodies.

• The Priority Offer, which is available only to Waterman Investors.

• A Broker Firm Offer, which is available only to New Zealand clients of Brokers, who have

received an allocation from their Broker.

• An Institutional Offer, which will be an invitation to bid for Shares made to selected Brokers

and Institutional Investors in New Zealand, Australia, Hong Kong and Singapore.

There is no general public offer under which you may subscribe for Shares. Therefore members

of the public who are not eligible to participate in the Priority Offer or the Foodies Offer and

who wish to subscribe for Shares must do so through a Broker with an allocation of Shares.

OFFER PRICE

The Offer Price is $1.85 per Share. In determining the Offer Price, consideration was given to

the following factors:

• the level of interest for participation in the Foodies Offer and the Priority Offer received by

My Food Bag in the priority registration process conducted before the date of this PDS;

• the level of demand for Shares from certain Institutional Investors who have committed to bid

for Shares in advance of the Bookbuild; and

• the desire for a successful and consistent aftermarket for the Shares.

ESCROW ARRANGEMENTS

Each Existing Shareholder has entered into escrow arrangements under which they have agreed

not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares held by them prior to the Offer which they

continue to hold upon completion of the Offer until the first day after the date on which My Food

Bag releases to NZX its results announcement for the financial year ended 31 March 2022,

subject to limited exceptions set out on the Offer Register. 23.7% of the total number of Shares

on issue in My Food Bag immediately following completion of the Offer are expected to be

subject to escrow arrangements.

DISCRETION REGARDING

THE OFFER

The Offerors may withdraw the Offer, or any part of it, at any time before the allotment of

Shares. If the Offer, or any part of it, does not proceed, all relevant Application Monies will

be refunded (without interest) no later than five Business Days after the announcement of the

decision to withdraw the Offer or any part of it.

The Offerors reserve the right to close the Offer or any part of it early, extend the Offer or any

part of it, accept late Applications, settlement or bids either generally or in particular cases,

reject any Application or bid, or allocate to any Applicant or any bidder fewer Shares than

applied or bid for.

If the Offerors refuse an Application or accept an Application in part (including due to scaling),

the relevant Application Monies will be refunded no later than five Business Days after the last

date on which Shares are allotted under the Offer. No interest will be paid on any Application

Monies that are refunded.

Refunds will be paid by direct credit to the bank account supplied for future dividend payments

on your Application Form.

See Section 11 (How to apply)

56

ALLOTMENTS
Any New Zealand Applicant with a CSN will have their Shares allotted under their CSN, if the

CSN was provided on their Application Form. The CSN provided must be in exactly the same

name(s) as that on the Application Form, otherwise a new CSN will be allocated.

Foodies Offer and Priority Offer Applicants who do not have a CSN, or who do not provide a

CSN on their Application Form, will be allocated a CSN at the time of Application. The CSN

will be advised at the time the allotment of Shares is confirmed and the associated Authorisation

Code (FIN) will be sent as a separate communication by mail on the first Business Day after the

Allotment Date.

Shares allocated under the Offer are expected to be allotted on 4 March 2021.

If a mobile number is supplied on your Application Form, a text message will be sent to that

number advising the number of Shares allocated to you on the Allotment Date.

If an email address is supplied on your Application Form, an allotment notice including details

of any scaling information (if applicable) will be emailed to you by close of business on the

Allotment Date.

Holding transaction statements are expected to be sent to all successful Applicants within five

Business Days of the Allotment Date.

No person accepts any liability should any person attempt to sell or otherwise deal with

Shares before a communication confirming allotment is received.

WHAT YOU NEED TO DO TO

SELL YOUR SHARES

If you wish to sell Shares you hold directly on the NZX Main Board, after confirming your

allocation, you must contact a Broker and have a CSN and an Authorisation Code (FIN).

Opening a new broker account can take a number of days depending on the Broker’s new

client procedures. If you do not have a CSN, you will:

• be assigned one when you set up an account with a Broker; or

• receive one from the Share Registrar.

If you do not have a FIN, it is expected that you will be sent one as a separate communication

by the Share Registrar. If you have a Broker and have not received a FIN by the date you want

to trade your Shares, your Broker can obtain one, but may pass the cost for doing so on to you.

If you sell your Shares, you may be required to pay brokerage or other sale expenses. You

may also be liable for tax on the sale of your Shares. You should seek your own tax advice in

relation to your Shares.

NO GUARANTEE

No person guarantees the Shares affected under this PDS. No person warrants or guarantees

the performance of the Shares or any return on any investments made pursuant to this PDS.

57

Components of the Offer
BROKER FIRM OFFERFOODIES OFFERPRIORITY OFFER

Who can apply?

The Broker Firm Offer is open to

New Zealand clients who have

received an allocation from their

Broker. You should contact your

Broker to determine whether

they may allocate Shares to you

under the Broker Firm Offer.

The Foodies Offer is open to

Eligible Foodies.

The Priority Offer is open to

Waterman Investors.

My Food Bag reserves the right to determine in its sole discretion

whether you are eligible to apply in the Foodies Offer or the

Priority Offer.

How do you apply?

See Section 11 (How to apply)

How many shares

can you apply for?

Brokers will determine the

number of Shares their

New Zealand clients will be

allocated.

The minimum Application

amount you can apply for

as an employee of My Food

Bag under the Foodies Offer

is 135 Shares. The minimum

Application amount you can

apply for as an Eligible Foodie

who is not an employee of

My Food Bag is 270 Shares.

The minimum Application

amount you can apply for

under the Priority Offer is

1,000 Shares.

How do you pay

for your Shares?

See Section 11 (How to apply)

When do you need

to apply?

The Broker Firm Offer opens

on 19 February 2021.

You should make your

Application in accordance with

the instructions of your Broker.

The Foodies Offer and the Priority Offer open on 19 February 2021.

Applications may be made online only. You need to complete the

Application Form and provide a direct debitable bank account from

which your Application Monies will be direct debited. The direct debit

will be made on the day of Application or the next Business Day.

Allocation policy

The number of Shares to be

offered under the Broker Firm

Offer will be determined

following the Bookbuild by

My Food Bag.

Allocations by Brokers to their

New Zealand clients will be

determined by those Brokers.

It will be a matter for Brokers to

ensure that their New Zealand

clients who have received an

allocation from them receive

their Shares.

Applicants in the Broker Firm

Offer should contact the Broker

from whom they received their

allocation to find out if their

Application was successful.

The number of Shares to be allocated to the Foodies Offer, the Priority

Offer and among participants in the Foodies Offer and the Priority

Offer, will be determined following the Bookbuild by My Food Bag.

If the value of Applications received under the Foodies Offer or the

Priority Offer is greater than the value of Shares available under the

Foodies Offer or the Priority Offer (as determined by My Food Bag),

Applications will be scaled back in such manner as My Food Bag

may determine, which may differ as between the Foodies Offer and

the Priority Offer, and as between individual Applicants.

In the event that demand for Shares in the Foodies Offer or the Priority

Offer does not meet the quantity reserved for Eligible Foodies or

Waterman Investors, the residual Shares may be reallocated at the

discretion of the Offerors.

Applicants in the Foodies Offer and the Priority Offer should contact

the Share Registrar to find out if their Application was successful after

the allotment of Shares.

58

Institutional Offer
The Institutional Offer will be conducted through the

Bookbuild. The Joint Lead Managers will invite selected

Institutional Investors along with Brokers to bid for Shares in

the Bookbuild to be undertaken by the Joint Lead Managers

on 19 February 2021.

All successful participants in the Institutional Offer will pay the

Offer Price for each Share allocated to them.

The information collated in the Bookbuild will then be used

to assist with the allocation of Shares. The number of Shares

to be offered under the Institutional Offer, and the allocation

of Shares among Institutional Investors and Brokers that have

bid for Shares in the Bookbuild, will be determined by My

Food Bag. There is no assurance that any participant in

the Bookbuild will be allocated any Shares or the number

of Shares for which it has bid. The allocation policy will be

influenced by a number of factors which may include the

timeliness of the bid by particular bidders.

Allocations have been made to certain Institutional Investors

in advance of the Bookbuild, who have committed to bid for

at least a certain number of Shares in the Bookbuild at the

Offer Price. Those Institutional Investors may choose to bid for

additional Shares in the Bookbuild, in which case there is no

assurance that such investors will be allocated any Shares in

excess of their pre-committed allocation. Full details of how to

participate, including bidding instructions, will be provided by

the Joint Lead Managers to invited participants in due course.

Participants can only bid into the book for Shares through the

Joint Lead Managers.

Details of Shares offered

SHARES

% OF SHARES

FOLLOWING

THE OFFER

New Shares

offered by My

Food Bag 29.6 million 12.2%


Existing Shares

offered by

SaleCo155.3 million64.1%

Total Shares

being offered185.0 million 76.3%

Listing

My Food Bag expects that trading of the Shares on the

NZX Main Board and ASX will commence on 5 March 2021.

If admission to list on the NZX Main Board is denied, the

Offer will not proceed. Failure to achieve admission to list on

the ASX will not, of itself, prevent the issue or sale of Shares

under the Offer from proceeding.

NZX Main Board listing

An application has been made to NZX for permission to

list My Food Bag and to quote the Shares on the NZX

Main Board and all the requirements of NZX relating to the

application that can be compiled on or before the date of this

PDS have been duly complied with. However, NZX accepts

no responsibility for any statement in this PDS. The NZX Main

Board is a licensed market operated by NZX, which is a

licensed market operator, regulated under the FMCA.

59

ASX listing
An application will be made to ASX after the PDS has been

lodged on the Offer Register for My Food Bag to be admitted

to the official list of ASX as an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing and

for quotation of the Shares on the ASX.

If My Food Bag is admitted to the official list of ASX as a

Foreign Exempt Listing, it will need to comply with the NZX

Listing Rules (other than as waived by NZX) but will not

need to comply with the vast majority of the ASX Listing Rule

obligations. Rather, My Food Bag will need to comply only

with the rules specified in ASX Listing Rule 1.15, which are

relatively procedural in nature. My Food Bag will not be

subject to substantive ASX Listing Rule requirements such

as the rules on continuous disclosure, periodic reporting,

shareholder approval of share issuances, escrow, transactions

with persons of influence and significant transactions.

ASX takes no responsibility for the contents of this PDS or for

the merits of the investment to which this PDS relates. The fact

that ASX may admit My Food Bag to the official list of ASX

and quote the Shares on the ASX is not to be taken as an

indication of the merits, or as an endorsement by ASX, of My

Food Bag or the Shares. The ASX is not a licenced market

under the FMCA.

Selling restrictions and further

information

The Offer is only being made to eligible persons under the

Foodies Offer and the Priority Offer, New Zealand clients of

Brokers who receive a firm allocation of Shares and selected

Brokers and Institutional Investors in certain jurisdictions

including New Zealand, Australia, Hong Kong and

Singapore. The Offer is being made in Australia in reliance

on the trans-Tasman mutual recognition scheme under Chapter

8 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the Corporations

Regulations 2001 (Cth).

This PDS is intended for use solely in connection with the

Offer. You can find further information on the Offer Register in

relation to the terms of the Offer and the Shares, including the

Constitution and additional selling restrictions.

60

Key features of the equity securities
All Shares issued under the Offer will be fully paid ordinary

shares in My Food Bag which rank equally with each other

and all other ordinary shares in My Food Bag on issue. The

key features of the Shares do not differ from those that apply

to other ordinary shares in a company generally.

Dividend policy

Our dividend policy is to target a dividend payout ratio of

between 70% to 90% of NPAT for a financial year, taking into

account the operating cashflow, future capital requirements

and an aim to provide stability of dividend income. For FY22F

we are targeting a dividend payout ratio of approximately

80% of NPAT. Dividends will be imputed to the extent

possible, and are expected to be fully imputed in FY22F.

Total dividends declared in respect of FY22F are expected to

be $16.0 million, targeted to be paid in two instalments in

December 2021 and June 2022.

Dividends are made at the Board’s discretion, and depend on

our financial performance. The payment of dividends is not

guaranteed, and our dividend policy may change over time.

In declaring dividends, My Food Bag must comply with the

solvency test under the Companies Act and the covenants in

our banking facilities.

Section 6

Key features of

ordinary shares

6161

Section 7
My Food Bag’s

financial information

62

Introduction
These tables provide key financial information about My

Food Bag. Full financial statements are available on the Offer

Register at https://disclose-register.companiesoffice.govt.

nz/, offer number (OFR13033). If you do not understand this

financial information, you can seek advice from a financial

adviser or an accountant.

The Supplementary Financial Information and other financial

information is also available on the Offer Register.

This PDS contains prospective financial information (PFI) for

FY21F and FY22F (together, the Prospective Period). The PFI

is based on the Board’s assessment of events and conditions

existing at the date of this PDS and the accounting policies

and assumptions set out in the Supplementary Financial

Information and financial statements which are available

on the Offer Register. The principal assumptions on which

the PFI is based are set out under the heading Overview of

prospective financial information in this section.

PFI by its nature is inherently uncertain. It is a prediction of

future events which cannot be assured. It involves risks and

uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. The

Board believes that the PFI has been prepared with due care

and attention, and considers the assumptions, when taken as

a whole, to be reasonable at the time of preparing this PDS.

Actual results are likely to vary from the information presented

and variances may be material. Accordingly, neither the

Board nor any other person can provide any assurance that

the PFI will be achieved and investors are cautioned not to

place undue reliance on the PFI. You should read the PFI in

this PDS in light of the assumptions, and in conjunction with

the other information in this PDS (including in particular the

information in Section 8 (Risks to My Food Bag’s business and

plans)).

The financial information in this PDS is presented in New

Zealand dollars and is rounded to the nearest one hundred

thousand, which may result in some discrepancies between

the sum of the components and totals within tables, and also

certain percentage calculations.

Selected Financial Information

The table of Selected Financial Information contains the

following types of financial information:

• Statutory historical financial information as reported in our

financial statements.

• Statutory prospective financial information which presents

the PFI on the same basis as that on which we intend to

report under NZ GAAP in the future.

• Pro forma historical financial information which has been

derived from the statutory historical financial information,

adjusted for accounting policy alignments, structural

changes and non-recurring or infrequent events. We

believe these adjustments allow investors to compare the

historical financial information with the PFI and to better

understand the trends in our financial performance. These

adjustments are described under the heading Pro forma

operating adjustments in this section. This information is

not prepared in accordance with the NZ-GAAP.

• Pro forma prospective financial information adjusts the

statutory PFI to reflect pro forma adjustments in the first

year of the Prospective Period (FY21F) including the

removal of non-recurring Offer costs and the change

in capital structure arising from the Offer as described

under the heading Pro forma operating adjustments in this

section. This information is not prepared in accordance

with the NZ-GAAP.

The pro forma historical financial information and the pro

forma PFI have been prepared solely for the purpose of

inclusion in this PDS. More information about the pro forma

adjustments, the principal assumptions on which the PFI is

based, and reconciliations of pro forma financial information

to information prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP, is

available in the Supplementary Financial Information.

The FY21F information includes seven months of actual results

for the period ended 31 October 2020 and five months of

forecast information for the period ended 31 March 2021.

Where labelled pro forma, the FY21F period also includes the

pro forma adjustments outlined under the heading Pro forma

operating adjustments in this section.

The historical financial information is extracted from our

audited or reviewed financial statements which are available

on the Offer Register. This document presents historical

financial information for My Food Bag for the financial periods

ended 31 March 2018 (FY18), 31 March 2019 (FY19), 31

March 2020 (FY20), 30 September 2019 (1HFY20) and 30

September 2020 (1HFY21) (collectively the Historical Periods).

The prospective financial information for the financial periods

ending 31 March 2021 (FY21F) and 31 March 2022 (FY22F)

is that presented and described in the Supplementary Financial

Information which is available on the Offer Register.

63

Notes:
1. The selected financial information (excluding any financial

information in the selected financial information table that

is identified as being pro forma financial information) is

extracted from audited or reviewed financial statements

of My Food Bag for the FY18, FY19, FY20 and 1HFY21

periods together with 1HFY20 comparatives. The

financial statements and auditor’s reports or reviews for

these periods are available on the Offer Register. The

prospective financial information for FY21F and FY22F is

extracted from the Supplementary Financial Information

for the Group (and not the financial statements of My

Food Bag, from which the selected financial information

for FY18, FY19, FY20, 1HFY20 and 1HFY21 has been

extracted). Some line items in the selected financial

information include adjustments applied by My Food Bag

(denoted ‘pro forma’), including the FY19 52 week pro

forma year which removes the last trading week of the

financial year to enable comparison between financial

years. For an explanation of all pro forma adjustments,

please refer to the information under the heading Pro

forma operating adjustments in this section and Part B of

the Supplementary Financial Information.

2. The FY19 pro forma 52 weeks financial information is

included to enable better comparison of operating metrics

over the Historical Period and Prospective Period on a

consistent 52 week basis. Given this purpose full pro forma

profit and loss, pro forma balance sheet and pro forma

cash flow metrics are not shown as My Food Bag does not

consider that the additional information would assist with

assessment of the Offer. The fact that the full pro forma

profit and loss, pro forma balance sheet and pro forma

cash flow metrics are not presented is not to be taken as

an indication that these metrics would not differ from those

shown for the FY19 historical statutory accounts.

Selected Financial Information

1

FY18FY19FY19FY20FY21FFY22F1HFY201HFY21

NZ$m

(unless indicated otherwise)

52 weeks

ending

31 Mar

2018

53 weeks

ending

31 Mar

2019

52 weeks

ending

31 Mar

2019

2

52 weeks

ending

31 Mar

2020

52 weeks

ending

31 Mar

2021

52 weeks

ending

31 Mar

2022

26 weeks

ending

30 Sept

2019

26 weeks

ending

30 Sept

2020

Historical

Statutory

Historical

Statutory

Historical

Pro Forma

Historical

Statutory

Forecast

Statutory

Forecast

Statutory

Historical

Statutory

Historical

Statutory


Financial performance

Revenue149.0 156.0 153.3 153.3 189.5 186.4 77.3 105.3

Pro forma EBITDA

3 4

12.4 14.7 13.9 16.3 28.5 34.2 6.6 14.3

Pro forma EBITDA growth % 18.8%12.4%17.4%74.5%20.2% 116.0%

Pro forma EBITDA margin %8.3%9.4%9.1%10.6%15.0%18.4%8.6%13.6%

Net profit after tax5.0 7.2 8.2 0.820.1 3.2 7.6

Pro forma net profit after tax

5

15.6 20.1 7.9


Balance sheet and cash flow items

6


Dividends paid

7 8

3.4 3.6 8.4 13.3 6.4 3.3 6.3

Total assets93.8 92.5 109.6 100.8 99.1 109.0

Cash and cash equivalents1.6 3.0 8.3 - - 4.4

Total liabilities39.0 34.2 51.4 48.132.7 55.5

Total debt

9

19.8 16.9 27.8 26.1 8.7 29.1

Total bank debt19.8 16.9 16.9 16.2 1.3 18.0

Net cash flows from operating activities9.2 9.3 19.2 8.126.64.6 10.3

Pro forma net cash flows from operating

activities

10

22.726.610.6

64

3. Pro forma EBITDA is a non-NZ GAAP measure that
includes pro forma adjustments as described under the

heading Pro forma operating adjustments in this section.

4. FY22F pro forma EBITDA is the same as FY22F EBITDA;

there have been no pro forma adjustments made to

EBITDA in this period.

5. Pro forma net profit after tax is a non-NZ GAAP measure.

This measure reflects the pro forma adjustments reflected

in pro forma EBITDA, and the overlay of My Food Bag’s

capital structure following completion of the Offer as if

it had been in place since 1 April 2020. The pro forma

operating tax expense has been adjusted to reflect

the tax implications of the pro forma adjustments. A

reconciliation to statutory net profit after tax is included in

Part B of the Supplementary Financial Information.

6. The balance sheet information for FY21F and FY22F

reflects that one of the facilities available to My Food Bag

is a revolving credit facility, and cash held by My Food

Bag is therefore used to offset and reduce the balance

owing as total bank debt.

7. Historically dividends have been paid when excess cash

is available for distribution. Following listing, dividends

are expected to be declared and paid twice yearly

following the release of interim and annual results. The

FY22F dividend reflects the forecast expected payment

of the FY22F interim dividend of $6.4 million, the first

dividend that will be paid following the Offer. Total

dividends in relation to FY22F are forecast to be

$16.0 million. Refer to Section 6 (Key features of

ordinary shares) for further details of the Company’s

dividend policy.

8. The FY21F dividends paid of $13.3 million will be paid

to Existing Shareholders and will not be available to

investors in the Offer.

9. Total debt represents the closing balance on all right of

use liabilities, term loans and financial liabilities. Total

debt excludes shareholder loans, which were treated as

equity in the Historical Period. In FY21F, and prior to the

date of this PDS, My Food Bag borrowed an additional

$45.7 million of bank debt, and has repaid $51.1

million of shareholder loans (which have been treated as

equity over the Historical Period). My Food Bag expects

to repay $46.8 million of bank debt in FY21F, including

by applying $38.2 million of the proceeds from the Offer,

resulting in the total debt and total bank debt balances

set out above. Refer to the Statement of Cash Flows

in the Supplementary Financial Information for further

information about the sources and uses of cash in FY21F.

10. Pro forma cash flows from operating activities is a non-

NZ GAAP measure that comprises net cash flows from

operating activities adjusted to remove Offer costs in

FY21F and overlays My Food Bag’s capital structure

following completion of the Offer for the seven months

of actual results in FY21F.

Pro forma operating adjustments

My Food Bag believes that certain adjustments are required

to enable a better comparison of operating performance over

the Historical Period, a comparison of operating performance

between the Historical Period and Prospective Period, and

a comparison of operating performance with that of other

companies.

Adjustments have been classified into three categories:

• Adjustments for accounting policy alignments and

non-recurring or infrequent items:

These adjustments are:

–Retrospectively applying IFRS 16 for leases in FY18

and FY19 for leases held at that time;

–Removing the impact of the 53rd week in the period

ended 31 March 2019, to provide consistency with

the previous and prospective 52 week financial

periods; and

–Removing transaction costs associated with the Offer.

• Adjustments for structural changes in the business:

These adjustments are:

–Adding incremental costs associated with running

a listed company; and

–Adjusting interest and funding expenses to reflect the

impact of the new capital structure.

• Income tax expenses / (income) recalculations:

An adjustment has been made to include an additional

income tax expense or income that would have resulted

due to the adjustments outlined above.

65

How we generate revenue
As an online meal kit and ready-made meal delivery business,

revenue is driven primarily by the volume of bags delivered to

customers and the Average Order Value of bags delivered.

Key drivers of volume are the number of Active Customers

and their order frequency. We operate a subscription model,

meaning a significant proportion of our revenue in any given

period is derived from existing customers, who were acquired

in previous periods.

Key drivers of the price per bag delivered include brand

(My Food Bag, Bargain Box, Fresh Start, MADE), bag type

(multiple within each brand), bag size (1 – 6 customers) and

number of nights selected (3, 4 or 5 nights).

We also offer a range of “extras”, with customers able to add

fruit boxes and other seasonal one-off extras to their order.

MADE meals can also be added as an extra to customers’

weekly orders. The price per bag and one-offs or extras

added to an order contribute to the Average Order Value.

Revenue is net of marketing discounts which include

promotional and ‘refer-a-friend’ discounts used to attract new

customers to My Food Bag.

Key drivers of our financial performance can be found in

Section 1 (Key information summary).

Overview of historical financial

performance

INTRODUCTION

This section provides an overview of our pro forma operating

historical financial performance and should be read in

conjunction with the ‘Selected Financial Information’ table

under the heading Selected Financial Information in this

section.

FY19 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE RELATIVE TO FY18

Between FY18 and FY19 our revenue grew by 2.9% ($4.3

million) from $149.0 million to $153.3 million (pro forma

52-week basis). Key factors that drove this result are:

• An increase in delivery volumes of 3.6%, driven by an

increase in Active Customers;

• Strong growth in revenue from Bargain Box branded

deliveries (as customers moved to larger bag sizes)

and higher priced Fresh Start branded deliveries. These

increases were reflective of strong marketing activity for

these brands; and

• Continued new product development including the launch

of My Food Bag Ready in 20 (a range of meals prepared

in 20 minutes or less) and Heat 2 Cook 2 (combining two

meal kit recipes with two ready-made meals).

Between FY18 and FY19 pro forma EBITDA grew by

12.4% ($1.5 million) from $12.4 million to $13.9 million

(pro forma 52-week basis). The growth in pro forma EBITDA

was driven by:

• An increase in revenue (for reasons noted above); and

• An increase in Contribution Margin due to a reduction in

raw material costs (resulting from a favourable product

mix change); and

• An improvement in direct costs per bag delivered.

FY20 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE RELATIVE TO FY19

Our revenue in FY20 was in line with FY19 (pro forma

52-week basis) at $153.3 million. Key factors that drove

this result are summarised below:

• An increase in delivery volumes (0.5%) on FY19 (pro

forma 52-week basis), driven by growth in core My Food

Bag and Bargain Box branded deliveries; and

• Launch of the MADE brand, which was introduced to the

market via a soft launch in July 2019 as well as innovation

within the My Food Bag brand with the launch of My Plant

Based Bag in October 2019;

Offset by:

• Increased marketing discounts as we shifted focus

from general brand advertising to increased marketing

discounts in response to competitor behaviour within the

New Zealand market.

Between FY19 and FY20, pro forma EBITDA grew by 17.4%

($2.4 million) from $13.9 million (pro forma 52-week basis)

to $16.3 million. The growth in pro forma EBITDA was driven

by:

• A reduction in outsourced distribution costs, as we moved

to using the more cost-efficient overnight delivery service

for our regional deliveries (rather than our dedicated same

day service on a Sunday);

• A reduction in total marketing spend; and

• A reduction in indirect people and general overhead

costs.

66

Overview of prospective financial performance
INTRODUCTION

This section provides an overview of our pro forma prospective financial performance and should be read in conjunction with the

‘Selected Financial Information’ table under the heading Selected Financial Information in this section.

The table below lists the key drivers of our financial performance and briefly outlines the principal assumptions and forecasts for

each of the key drivers in the Prospective Period. A full description of the assumptions and sensitivities for the Prospective Period is

available in the Supplementary Financial Information on the Offer Register.

KEY DRIVER PRINCIPAL ASSUMPTION AND FORECASTS

Revenue:

Revenue is driven by the

volume and Average Order

Value of bags delivered and

is net of marketing discounts

• Increase in delivery volumes (22.0%) in FY21F and a slight decrease (-1.5%) in FY22F as

demand steadies following the COVID-19 spike experienced in Q1 FY21F;

• Increased number of deliveries per customer, per quarter, largely driven by the My Choice

Bag offering and goal-based offerings such as My Plant Based Bag;

• Increased new customer acquisition;

• Pricing increase across selected brands and bags; and

• Favourable change in product mix to larger sized bags and greater purchase of extras in

FY21F.

Contribution Margin:

Defined as revenue less cost

of goods sold less direct

costs (assembly & distribution

expenses)

• Increase in delivery volumes (as explained above);

• Procurement cost savings from the renegotiation of major ingredient category contracts

coming into effect in 2HFY21 and FY22F;

• Packaging savings as a result of a cardboard tender process and a new packaging solution

in 1HFY21;

• Increased labour and overhead costs resulting from regulatory increases in the minimum

wage and higher costs to pick and pack My Choice Bag;

• Reduction in assembly and distribution overheads following the consolidation of our North

Island assembly centres (1HFY21) and cost savings resulting from assuming control of our

operations in the Christchurch assembly centre (1HFY21); and

• Tightening of ordering processes and heightened operational controls via the new ERP System

(implemented in 1HFY21), reducing ingredient write-offs.

Indirect expenses:

Includes advertising &

promotional marketing spend,

people, digital & general and

offer costs

• Pro forma indirect expenses are forecast to increase by 20.3% in FY21F and remain at

similar levels in FY22F.

67

FY21F FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE RELATIVE TO FY20
From FY20 to FY21F, revenue is forecast to increase by

23.6% ($36.2 million) from $153.3 million to $189.5 million.

This is being driven by an increase in deliveries of 22.0% and

an increase in Average Order Value of 1.3% (from $122.6 to

$124.2).

Subsequent to New Zealand’s first COVID-19 lockdown

(March 2020) we have experienced a sustained increase in

demand for products across our portfolio.

We were already experiencing an increase in demand

prior to this, driven by innovative new product offerings (My

Choice Bag and My Plant Based Bag) and a gradual shift

in consumer behaviour to online retail, with the lockdowns

accelerating this trend.

From FY20 to FY21F, pro forma EBITDA is forecast to

increase by 74.5% ($12.2 million) from $16.3 million to

$28.5 million. This is driven by the increase in revenue and

gross profit margin (from 43.0% to 46.6%) as a result of

procurement cost savings from the renegotiation of our major

ingredient category contracts. Savings are partially offset by

an increase in assembly and distribution costs as a result of

the growth in deliveries.

FY22F FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE RELATIVE TO FY21F

From FY21F to FY22F, revenue is forecast to decrease by

1.6% ($3.1 million) from $189.5 million to $186.4 million.

However, this is an uplift of 21.6% compared to FY20.

This decrease in revenue is largely attributable to a 1.5%

decrease in delivery volumes, driven by the exclusion of the

one-off Q1 FY21F increase in deliveries that was attributable

to New Zealand’s COVID-19 lockdown.

Revenue in Q2 to Q4 FY22F is expected to increase versus

Q2 to Q4 FY21F, driven by underlying growth across the

portfolio, particularly in My Choice Bag and Fresh Start.

Average Order Value is forecast to remain steady year-on-

year at $124.0.

From FY21F to FY22F, pro forma EBITDA is forecast to increase

by 20.2% ($5.8 million) from $28.5 million to $34.2 million.

This is primarily driven by the full year impact of the procurement

cost saving from contracts that were signed in FY21F and the

partial year benefit of those expected to be signed in FY22F,

offset by increased assembly and distribution expenses and

slight increases in marketing and people expenses.

Net Profit After Tax

Net profit after tax (NPAT) is before adjustments for

accounting policy alignment, certain non-recurring or

infrequent items and the impact of the Offer capital structure

which have been adjusted for in calculating pro forma EBITDA

and pro forma NPAT.

The key drivers of the movement in NPAT over the FY18 to

FY22F period include:

• Between FY18 and FY19, and FY19 and FY20, NPAT

increased by $2.3 million and $1.0 million respectively;

driven by the increase in pro forma EBITDA (as noted

above), partly offset by a corresponding increase in

income tax expense;

• Despite pro forma EBITDA being forecast to increase

between FY20 and FY21F, largely driven by Offer costs

of $14.6 million, NPAT is forecast to decrease by $7.4

million in FY21F; and

• Between FY21F and FY22F NPAT is forecast to increase

by $19.3 million due to the forecast increase in pro forma

EBITDA (as noted above), the non-recurrence of FY21

Offer costs of $14.6 million, and a $0.6 million decrease

in finance costs due to the impact of the listed capital

structure. This is partly offset by an increase in income tax

expense.

Dividends

In the Prospective Period the Board intends to declare a

dividend in respect of FY22F, provided the PFI is achieved,

of $16.0 million which represents a dividend pay-out ratio

of approximately 80% of NPAT. It is expected that this will

comprise an interim dividend of $6.4 million (payable

in December 2021) and a final dividend of $9.6 million

(payable in June 2022).

Dividends will be fully imputed to the extent possible and are

expected to be fully imputed in FY22F.

For more information about our dividend policy, including

after the Prospective Period, see Section 6 (Key features of

ordinary shares).

68

Capitalisation and Key Investment Metrics
CAPITALISATION TABLE

Number of Shares being offered185.0 million


Number of Shares on issue

following the Offer242.4 million


Offer Price$1.85 per Share

Implied market capitalisation

1

$448.5 million

Net Debt (including lease

liabilities) / (Cash) on completion

of the Offer

2

$26.1 million

Implied enterprise value

1

$474.6 million

Notes:

1. The implied market capitalisation and implied enterprise

value are calculated on the assumption that 242.4 million

Shares will be on issue immediately following completion

of the Offer.

2. Net debt on completion of the Offer is calculated as term

loans and borrowings less net cash and cash equivalents,

including lease liabilities of $10.0 million, immediately

following the completion of the Offer, and assumes that all

transaction costs are paid before or upon completion of

the Offer.

EXPLANATION OF IMPLIED MARKET CAPITALISATION AND

IMPLIED ENTERPRISE VALUE

Implied market capitalisation is the value of all of the issuer’s

equity securities, as implied by the price of the Shares being

offered. It tells you what the Offerors are proposing that

My Food Bag’s equity is worth.

Implied enterprise value (EV) is a measure of the total value

of the business of My Food Bag, as implied by the price

of the Shares being offered. Implied enterprise value is the

amount that a person would need to pay to acquire all of

My Food Bag’s equity securities and to settle all of My Food

Bag’s borrowings. It is a measure of what the Offerors are

proposing the business of My Food Bag as a whole is worth.

KEY INVESTMENT METRICS FOR THE OFFER

The following key investment metrics are prepared based

on NZ GAAP, as well as certain non-NZ GAAP pro forma

financial information. More information on pro forma

adjustments and reconciliations to information prepared in

accordance with NZ GAAP is available in the Supplementary

Financial Information on the Offer Register.

INVESTMENT METRICFY21F FY22F

Implied enterprise value /

Pro forma EBITDA 16.7x 13.9x

Price / Pro forma

earnings per Share 28.7x 22.4x

Pro forma earnings per

Share $0.06$0.08

Price / Earnings per

Share 585.9x22.4x

Earnings per Share $0.00$0.08

Dividends declared

per Share

1

$0.07

Implied dividend yield -

cash dividend declared3.6%

Implied dividend yield -

gross dividend declared5.0%

Note:

1. The first dividend that will be paid following the

Offer is expected to be the FY22F interim dividend in

December 2021.

69

Section 8
Risks to My Food Bag’s

business and plans

70

This section describes the circumstances that My Food Bag is aware of that
exist or are likely to arise that significantly increase the risk to My Food Bag’s

financial position, financial performance or stated plans. We have outlined

our assessment of the likelihood, nature and potential magnitude of the

impact of the circumstances. These risks are based on the knowledge and

assessment of the Board as at the date of this PDS and it is possible that the

importance of each risk may change or other risks may emerge over time.

Food Safety Risk

What is it?

Our products could contain foreign objects, allergens not properly labelled, harmful bacteria or other

organisms due to receipt of compromised product, incorrect handling of food, including through our

distribution network, or failure to follow food safety procedures.

Why is it significant?

If our products contain foreign objects, allergens not properly labelled, harmful bacteria or other

organisms, it could cause a customer to become unwell or, if detected, could result in product

withdrawal. Further, if there is a disruption to cold chain delivery affecting temperature range, food

that has spoiled could be delivered to customers, which could lead to customers becoming unwell.

Our assessment of

the likelihood,

nature and potential

magnitude of any

impact

We consider the likelihood of there being a food safety incident to be low to moderate given the

strict and thorough procedures we have in place for food handling and safety. We conduct inwards

checks of all ingredients received from suppliers, thorough monitoring of cold chain settings and

procedures, removal of damaged products, recipe card checks, weekly incident registers and review

meetings and quality control standards and checks of products prepared by third party manufacturers

(such as MADE ready-made meals). Many of our arrangements with suppliers entitle us to financial

compensation in the event that we are supplied with compromised product.

We also regularly review and audit our food handling settings to ensure procedures meet the

recommended standards. We maintain a direct line of contact with customers, so that any issues

are immediately identified and remedied by contacting affected customers only.

To avoid mishandling giving rise to incorrect allergen labelling, we have implemented a fully

integrated ERP System. This system means that checks can be undertaken, reducing the risk of

incorrect labelling or ingredient handling which could present risks for those with allergies.

We also have strict supplier standards that our suppliers are required to comply with, including

under our Approved Supplier Programme. The procedures that we enforce greatly mitigate the risk

of foreign objects being found in our products. We audit our suppliers to ensure they are complying

with our high standards. If we find that a supplier is not meeting our standards, we will use another

supplier until these issues are resolved.

A food safety incident could significantly damage our reputation, by impacting customer trust

(particularly if customer health is affected). This could subsequently lead to the loss of customers and

could also result in regulatory consequences (including fines, penalties, loss of licences or temporary

shutdowns of facilities). Depending on the nature and scale of the food safety incident, the potential

magnitude of any food safety incident could be material. Over the last three years, we have not had

a food safety incident that has resulted in any of these consequences.

71

IT and Data Security Risk
What is it?

We rely on various information systems to run our website, mobile apps and business operations

and to store customer data. These systems may suffer a material malfunction, disruption or security

breach.

Why is it significant?

If we were no longer able to access customer data, or operate our website or mobile apps, we may be

unable to communicate with customers and therefore may be unable to fulfil our commitments to them.

If we were no longer able to access operational data or the information systems used for our business

operations were otherwise unavailable, we may be unable to meet our commitments to customers,

suppliers or key stakeholders.

Our assessment of

the likelihood,

nature and potential

magnitude of any

impact

Loss or corruption of information systems is a real risk to any business, but we consider the likelihood

of this occurring to be low given the systems and process that we have put in place to lessen the

likelihood that our business would be subject to or affected by a cyber-attack.

We are in compliance with high standards of data protection and frequently identify and report on

any weaknesses or issues in our existing system.

If a material malfunction, disruption or security breach occurred in respect of our information systems,

we consider that the impact of this on our business would be low because we have implemented

alternative communication channels for our customers, we have good relationships with our suppliers

(that we would be able to work amicably with to ensure any issues are resolved quickly), we have

backup systems in place to ensure data and business continuity is maintained and we do not hold

any customer credit card details.

However, we do consider that the impact of a material cyber-attack would be significant if private

customer data were to become public. This could lead to us facing regulatory investigations and civil

litigation, as well as having a significant reputational impact on our business. Over the last three

years, we have not had an IT or data security incident that has resulted in any of these consequences.

72

Product Assembly Risk
What is it?

Assembly of our meal kits could be disrupted by an event (such as a fire, a power outage or a

serious health and safety incident at one of our assembly centres, a lack of availability of temporary

labour or disruption to delivery of ingredients to our assembly centres).

Why is it significant?

If assembly disruptions cause our products to be late or unable to be delivered to customers, we may

need to refund or credit customers or customers could cancel their subscription.

Our assessment of

the likelihood,

nature and potential

magnitude of any

impact

We consider the likelihood of an assembly centre incident leading to material delays in production,

to be low. This is because our assembly centres are decentralised (one in Christchurch to service

the South Island and two in Auckland to service the North Island) and we have robust systems and

procedures in place intended to prevent any such issue arising. These systems and procedures are

also intended to ensure that if such an issue does arise it is quickly resolved with minimal impact on

our operations or on our customers.

We have a combination of heat and smoke detection systems in our assembly centres to identify fires

before they spread, we have a secondary site available in Auckland giving us the ability to move

and restart a proportion of our operations with relatively low effort (due to the lack of fixed capital

equipment required for assembly to continue). At the assembly centres that utilise ammonia as a

refrigerant, we also have a wind sock and ammonia alarm in place to facilitate staff processes for

managing a potential ammonia leak.

We realise that our assembly centres involve people working around heavy machinery, such as

forklifts. That is why we have a clear health and safety policy and strict procedures in place,

including use of protective equipment, traffic management systems, first aid equipment and

defibrillators and strict rules on personal safety. This has resulted in very few incidents being reported

across our sites in the past few years. We have relationships with a range of temporary labour

suppliers to mitigate against the risk of temporary labour shortages and cost pressures.

An assembly centre incident could have a significant impact on customer trust and if non-operation

was frequent or for an extended period, it could lead to a loss of subscribers. Further, if a serious

health and safety incident did arise, in addition to potentially disrupting an assembly centre, it

could have a reputational impact on our business and result in regulatory consequences (including

fines, penalties or temporary shutdowns of facilities). Over the last three years, we have not had an

assembly centre incident that has resulted in any of these consequences.

Distribution Risk

What is it?

Potential interruptions to our distribution network could occur, including due to a motor vehicle

accident, road closures, weather events or a mechanical breakdown while on route to delivering

our products to our customers, or product could be stolen or damaged.

Why is it significant?

If our products are late or unable to be delivered to customers due to a distribution issue, we may

need to refund or credit customers or customers could cancel their subscription.

Our assessment of

the likelihood,

nature and potential

magnitude of any

impact

We rely on a third party distributor – New Zealand Post – to manage delivery of our products to

customers’ homes. Given the scale of the New Zealand Post network used to deliver our products,

we consider that minor disruptions from time to time are likely, but the likelihood of frequent

widespread delays occurring to be low.

We ensure that appropriate driver training and insurance is in place, prepare buffer bags to cover

damaged or lost orders, have alternative transport providers available at short notice for all main

centres and have alternative sales channels in place.

We recognise the significant impact a lack of reliability could have on our brand, and therefore

have procedures in place to mitigate the impact of any delivery incident to the fullest extent possible.

Over the last three years, we have not had a widespread distribution incident.

73

COVID-19 Business Disruption Risk
What is it?

If an individual at one of our assembly centres tests positive for COVID-19, assembly of our products

may be disrupted. If an individual from one of our suppliers tested positive for COVID-19, we could

be required to withdraw product.

Why is it significant?

Disruption to assembly of our products from one of our assembly centres may mean that we are temporarily

unable to fill some customer orders. Our brand reputation could suffer as a result of a positive COVID-19

test at one of our assembly centres, or a product withdrawal due to a positive COVID-19 test at one of our

suppliers, which could lead to customers suspending or cancelling their subscriptions.

Our assessment of

the likelihood,

nature and potential

magnitude of any

impact

We consider the likelihood of another and more severe community outbreak of COVID-19 to

be moderate, but we are comfortable that the impact of this on our operations would be low.

In particular, given our assembly centres are decentralised, we consider the likelihood of any

widespread disruption to our ability to assemble our products to be low.

Our business of delivering food products to New Zealand homes has been classified by the New

Zealand Government as an essential service, which means that we can continue to operate at all

COVID-19 alert levels. We were able to test the capacity of our operations during the New Zealand

Government’s Alert Level 4 lockdown, where we quickly put in place measures to ensure the health

and safety of all staff and the continued efficiency of operations.

Under Alert Levels 2, 3 and 4, any person entering a My Food Bag assembly site is required to sign

a COVID-19 declaration form, all assembly site workers are provided with protective equipment,

temperature checks are carried out on all staff, pick lines are designed to ensure social distancing is

maintained at all times, once a week assembly sites are disinfected with specialist fog cleaners and

all non-essential office based staff work from home. We have a detailed plan in place (including a

communications plan) to address a scenario where an individual tests positive for COVID-19 at one

of our assembly centres or at one of our suppliers which we believe will minimise the magnitude of

the impact of any such positive test.

Our experience operating under Alert Level 4 means that we are confident that we can work quickly

to re-implement all Government mandated protocols at short notice. Further, as 98% of our meat and

produce for our products is sourced locally, our supply chain remains secure under all Alert Levels.

Competition Risk

What is it?

We operate in the fast growing online food delivery market, a competitive industry, and may need to

adapt our strategy in response to the behaviour of new and existing competitors if they were to cause a

material change in the competitive environment.

Why is it significant?

There are no restrictions on our customers switching to other meal kit or ready-made meal providers.

In order to win market share, competitors may discount their products more aggressively or introduce

new and more compelling products or offers. In addition, new competitors may enter the market,

providing customers with alternatives. In order to respond, we may need to discount our products or

invest in new product development and marketing.

Our assessment of

the likelihood,

nature and potential

magnitude of any

impact

We already operate in a competitive industry and as New Zealand’s longest standing meal kit

provider, have high brand advocacy and experience in adapting our strategy in response to the

actions of competitors. New Zealand’s meal kit industry primarily comprises three key competitors,

My Food Bag, German-based global meal kit delivery company HelloFresh, and New Zealand

meal kit delivery company Woop, although a number of other companies produce meal kit based

bags, ready-made meals, or meat and fresh produce bags. We expect competition in the industry

to continue, from existing and potentially new competitors, although new entrants to the meal

kit market would have challenges in establishing scale across procurement, distribution, product

development and assembly.

74

Our assessment of
the likelihood,

nature and potential

magnitude of any

impact (continued)

We offer a diverse product range and continue to develop new products in response to customer

preferences and continue to improve customer experience. The magnitude of the impact of

competitive behaviour depends on the nature of that behaviour, but could result in customer’s

suspending or cancelling their subscription in favour of a competitor’s products, a need for increased

spend on marketing and other customer incentives or discounting of our products in order to remain

attractive to our customers, resulting in a reduced margin.

Ingredients Risk

What is it?

There is a risk that temporary or sustained market or weather conditions could result in unavailability

or a greater cost in sourcing ingredients for our products.

Why is it significant?

If our meal kits do not satisfy customer needs or are too expensive, then customers may choose to

subscribe to one of our competitors or they may leave the meal kit market all together.

Our assessment of

the likelihood,

nature and potential

magnitude of any

impact

The likelihood of this risk occurring is low, because while we do rely on third party suppliers, we are able to

substitute ingredients, change upcoming menus or seek to pass on sustained price increases to customers.

We consider the magnitude of any temporary impacts is low due to our ability to substitute

ingredients at short notice. The magnitude of any long term impact in these circumstances will

depend on whether a whole market (such as dairy, vegetable or meat) is affected or only a single

product is affected, and the length of time of such impact.

The terms of certain supply agreements between us and key suppliers means that we have limited

ability to respond to changes in supplier price in the short term. However, our current practice is

to substitute products where certain goods can no longer be sourced, and we could do the same

if the price was too high to pass on to customers. We recognise that this could lead to customer

dissatisfaction if the substitution is perceived as inferior, which is why we ensure that appropriate

communications are sent to customers directly if required and we work closely with our Development

Kitchen chefs to ensure that quality and enjoyment is not compromised.

If we are unable to negotiate lower cost products or customers are dissatisfied with substitutes, this

could result in lower margins or a decrease in customer demand. This is why we will continue to

innovate our product range and negotiate more favourable terms with our suppliers.

Brand and Marketing Risk

What is it?

There is a risk that one of our brand ambassadors or promoters (being a person associated with our

brands) could be brought under public scrutiny for their actions (whether in relation to My Food Bag

or otherwise).

Why is it significant?

A negative association with a brand ambassador could bring into question the integrity of our brand

and cause a loss of goodwill and customer trust.

Our assessment of

the likelihood,

nature and potential

magnitude of any

impact

We consider the likelihood of this risk occurring to be low given our long association with many

of our brand ambassadors. Some of our brand ambassadors own shares in My Food Bag, and

therefore their interests and objectives are aligned with ours. We also monitor the content posted by

our brand ambassadors in relation to My Food Bag and would follow up rapidly should we identify

any inappropriate or potentially offensive content.

We consider the impact of this would be moderate, as it is likely that it would affect customer’s trust of

the brand or willingness to associate with the brand (depending on the severity of the circumstances)

leading to customers unsubscribing for our products at least in the short term and therefore a

decrease in customer retention and revenue. Over the last three years, we have not had a brand and

marketing incident that has resulted in any of these consequences on a widespread basis.

75

Section 10
Where you can find

more information

Tax can have significant consequences for investments.

If you have queries relating to the tax consequences

of investing in ordinary shares, you should obtain

professional advice on those consequences.

Section 9

Tax

76

Section 10
Where you can find

more information

77

Further information relating to the Company and the Shares

is available on the Offer Register which can be found at

https://disclose-register.companiesoffice.govt.nz (for example,

the Company’s Constitution and financial statements). A copy

of the information on the Offer Register is available on request

to the Registrar of Financial Service Providers.

Further information relating to the Company is available on

the Companies Office register of the Ministry of Business,

Innovation and Employment. This information can be accessed

on the Companies Office website at https://companies-

register.companiesoffice.govt.nz.

Once the Company is listed, it will be required to make half-

yearly and annual announcements to NZX and ASX and such

other announcements required by the listing rules from time to

time. You will be able to obtain this information free of charge

by searching under ticker code ‘MFB’ on NZX’s website

(www.nzx.com) and ASX’s website (www.asx.com.au).

Section 11
How to apply

You should read this PDS and other available information carefully

before applying for Shares. You can apply for Shares as follows:

• Foodies and Priority Offers: You can apply for Shares under

the Foodies or Priority Offer by completing the relevant

Application Form online at www.myfoodbagshareoffer.

co.nz or at the link provided to you in the case of the

Priority Offer and following the on screen instructions

(you will be required to download a copy of this PDS

as part of the online Application process).

• Broker Firm Offer: You can apply for Shares under the

Broker Firm Offer in accordance with the instructions

provided by your Broker, including as to how you should

make payment for your Shares.

• Institutional Offer: Full details of how to participate,

including bidding instructions, will be provided by the

Joint Lead Managers to invited participants.

Privacy policy

If you apply for Shares, you will be asked to provide personal

information to the Offerors, the Share Registrar and their respective

agents who will collect and hold the personal information provided

by you in connection with your Application.

Details of how your personal information will be used (including

to whom it may be disclosed) and your rights to access and seek

correction to such information can be found on the Offer Register in

the document entitled “Other Material Information”.

You can also access your information on the Share Registrar’s

website www.linkmarketservices.co.nz (you will be required to

enter your CSN (Common Shareholder Number) and Authorisation

Code (FIN)).

78

Offerors
My Food Bag Group Limited and MFB Offeror Limited

56 Parnell Road, Parnell, Auckland

0800 469 366

Share Registrar

Link Market Services Limited

Level 11, Deloitte Centre,

80 Queen Street, Auckland 1010

09 375 5998

Legal Advisor to My Food Bag

Chapman Tripp

Level 34, PwC Tower,

15 Customs Street West, Auckland

09 357 9000

Arranger and Joint Lead Manager

Jarden Securities Limited

Level 32, PwC Tower,

15 Customs Street West, Auckland

09 302 5500

Joint Lead Manager

Craigs Investment Partners Limited

Level 36, Vero Centre,

48 Shortland Street, Auckland

09 919 7400

NZ Lead Manager

Forsyth Barr Limited

Level 23, Lumley Centre,

88 Shortland Street, Auckland

09 368 0000

Investigating Accountant

KPMG

18 Viaduct Harbour Avenue, Auckland

09 367 5800

Financial Adviser

PwC

Level 27, PwC Tower,

15 Customs Street West, Auckland

09 355 8000

79

Section 12

Contact

information

Section 13
Glossary

Active Customers

Acquired Customers, Retained Customers and Reactivated Customers

Acquired Customer

a customer who has ordered from My Food Bag for the first time in the current thirteen week

period who had not previously ordered from My Food Bag, an industry standard definition

Allotment Date

4 March 2021, unless brought forward or extended by My Food Bag

Applicant

an investor who makes an Application

Application

an application to subscribe for Shares under the Offer

Application Form

an application form accompanying this PDS

Application Monies

the amount payable on Application

ASX

ASX Limited, or the financial market operated by ASX Limited, as the context requires

ASX Listing Rules

the listing rules of ASX, in force from time to time

Average Order Value

the average dollar value of an order by a single customer

Board

the board of directors of My Food Bag

Bookbuild

the process arranged by the Joint Lead Managers through which Institutional Investors,

and selected Brokers, will submit bids for the number of Shares they wish to purchase at the

Offer Price

Broker

an entity designated as an NZX Firm under the Participant Rules of NZX

Broker Firm Offer

the portion of the Offer that is open to New Zealand clients of Brokers, who have received an

allocation from a Broker

80

Business Day
a day on which the NZX Main Board is open for trading

Companies Act

Companies Act 1993

Compound Annual Growth Rate

the average year-on-year growth rate of a specified matter over a specified period of time

Constitution

the constitution of My Food Bag

Contribution Margin

is a non-GAAP measure and means gross profit less assembly and distribution expenses,

where:

• gross profit means revenue less cost of goods sold (including costs, freight costs to bring the

ingredients to our assembly centres and direct packaging costs); and

• assembly and distribution means the costs incurred to run our assembly centres and the

distribution costs to deliver the product to our customers.

A reconciliation of Contribution Margin to the GAAP measure of gross margin can be found in

the Supplementary Financial Information

CSN

Common Shareholder Number

Delivery

a shipment of one or multiple bags and/or add-ons to a single address

EBITDA

earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation

Eligible Foodie

a My Food Bag customer, employee, director or other person, in each case selected by My

Food Bag as being eligible to participate in the Foodies Offer and who has a New Zealand

address

ERP System

the enterprise resource planning system utilised by My Food Bag

Existing Shareholder

a registered holder or beneficial owner of Shares on the date of this PDS, as the context requires

F

the inclusion of “F” after a reference to the financial period is an indication that it is a forecast

period

FMCA

Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013

Foodies Offer

the offer of Shares under this PDS to Eligible Foodies.

FY

a financial year ended 31 March, if followed by F this indicates prospective or forecast

information

GAAP

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice

Group

My Food Bag Group Limited and each of its subsidiaries

Historical Period

years ended 31 March 2018, 2019, 2020 and the six months ended 30 September 2020

Institutional Investor

investors who the Joint Lead Managers reasonably believe to be a person to whom an offer or

invitation in respect of Shares may be made without the need for a PDS or other formality, other

than a formality with which the Offerors are willing to comply

Institutional Offer

the invitation to selected Brokers and Institutional Investors in New Zealand, Australia, Hong

Kong and Singapore to participate in the Bookbuild

81

Joint Lead Managers (JLMs)
Jarden Securities Limited together with Craigs Investment Partners Limited

My Food Bag or the Company

My Food Bag Group Limited or the business carried on by the Group, as the context requires

NZD or NZ$ or $

New Zealand Dollar

NZ GAAP

generally accepted accounting practices in New Zealand

NZX

NZX Limited

NZX Listing Rules

the listing rules of the NZX Main Board, in force from time to time

NZX Main Board

the main board financial product market operated by NZX

Offer

the offer of Shares pursuant to the Broker Firm Offer, the Priority Offer, the Foodies Offer and

the Institutional Offer

Offer Register

the online offer register maintained by the Companies Office known as ‘Disclose’ which can

be found at https://disclose-register.companiesoffice.govt.nz

Offerors

My Food Bag and SaleCo

Offer Price

$1.85 per Share

PDS

this document

PFI

prospective financial information

Priority Offer

the offer of Shares under this PDS to Waterman Investors

Prospective Period

years ending 31 March 2021 and 31 March 2022

Reactivated Customer

a customer who has ordered from My Food Bag in the current thirteen week period who had

not previously made a purchase in the last thirteen weeks and had ordered from My Food Bag

in a prior thirteen week period, an industry standard definition

Retained Customer

a customer who has ordered from My Food Bag in the current thirteen week period and who

had previously made a purchase in the last thirteen weeks, an industry standard definition

SaleCo

MFB Offeror Limited

Share Registrar

Link Market Services Limited

Shares

ordinary shares in My Food Bag Group Limited

Supplementary Financial

Information

the document entitled “My Food Bag Group Limited Prospective Financial Information,

reconciliation of non-NZ GAAP information and supplementary financial information”

on the Offer Register

Waterman

Waterman Fund 3 LP

Waterman Investor

any person who was recorded as a holder of a partnership interest in Waterman

as at 31 December 2020 and who has a New Zealand address

We, our, us

as the context requires, either My Food Bag or the Group

82

---

3453-3197-2115, v. 1

MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED (ASX: MFB)

ARBN 646 807 301

(My Food Bag or Company)



PRE-QUOTATION DISCLOSURE



4 March 2021



The following information is provided to ASX Limited (ASX) as a pre-quotation disclosure for release to the

market in connection with:

(a) the ASX foreign exempt listing application lodged by My Food Bag with ASX on 11 February

2021 (ASX Listing); and

(b) the admission of MFB to the official list of ASX and the official quotation of fully paid ordinary

shares (Shares) in My Food Bag on the market operated by ASX on 5 March 2021.


My Food Bag will also be listed on, and My Food Bag’s home exchange will be, the New Zealand Stock

Exchange (NZX), from 5 March 2021 (NZX ticker: MFB).


Capitalised terms not defined in this document have the same meaning given to them in the product

disclosure statement (PDS) issued by My Food Bag, and registered with the New Zealand Registrar of

Financial Services Providers and lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, both

on 11 February 2021, a copy of which has been lodged with ASX alongside this statement.


1. Basis of allocation and procedures for determining allocations


The initial public offering of Shares in the Company (Offer) closed on 26 February 2021. My Food Bag

reserved the right to accept late Applications (either generally or in individual cases).


The allocation for each component of the Offer was as follows:


(a) Institutional Offer: In conjunction with the Joint Lead Managers (Jarden Securities Limited

together with Craigs Investment Partners Limited) the Company invited selected Brokers and

Institutional Investors in New Zealand, Australia, Hong Kong and Singapore to bid for Shares

via a Bookbuild. The Joint Lead Managers advised successful Applicants in the Institutional

Offer of their allocations on 19 February 2021.

(b) Broker Firm Offer: For Broker Firm Offer participants, it was a matter for the Brokers as to

how they allocated Shares among their New Zealand resident clients.

(c) Foodies Offer: Available only to a My Food Bag customer, employee, director or other

person, in each case selected by My Food Bag as being eligible to participate in the Foodies

Offer and who has a New Zealand address.

(d) Priority Offer: Available only to any person who was recorded as a holder of a partnership

interest in Waterman Fund 3 LP as at 31 December 2020 and who has a New Zealand

address.


The Company’s share registrar, Link Market Services Limited, will despatch notices and holding statements

to successful Applicants on 4 March 2021 (ASX settlement) and 8 March 2021 (NZX settlement). If

Applicants under the Priority Offer and the Foodies Offer would like to find out if their Application was

successful and confirm their allocation, they should contact the Company’s share registrar, Link Market

Services Limited, on +64 (9) 375 5998. Applicants under the Broker Firm Offer may confirm their

allocations by contacting their respective Broker.


3453-3197-2115, v. 1

It is the responsibility of each Applicant to confirm their holding before trading in Shares. Applicants who

sell Shares before they receive an initial holding statement do so at their own risk. Neither the Company

nor Link Market Services Limited accept any liability, whether in negligence or otherwise, if any Applicant

sells Shares before receiving a holding statement, even if they obtained details of their holding through

their Broker.


2. Number of Shares issued or transferred


My Food Bag issued, and MFB Offeror Limited transferred, a total of 182,352,840 Shares to Applicants

under the Offer on 4 March 2021 at an issue price and sale price of NZ$1.85.


The number of Shares issued or transferred under the Offer, and the total number of Shares on issue at

listing on ASX, is as follows:


Component Number of Shares Gross proceeds

realised

Number of new shares issued by My Food Bag 29,644,024 NZ$54,841,444.40

Number of shares sold by selling shareholders via

MFB Offeror Limited

152,708,816 NZ$282,511,309.60

Total Shares issued or transferred under the

Offer

182,352,840 NZ$337,352,754.00

Shares already on issue pre-completion of the

Offer

212,793,500 -

Total Shares on issue on listing on ASX 242,437,524 -



3. Despatch of holding statements


The Company confirms that the Company’s share registrar, Link Market Services Limited has despatched

CHESS holding notices (for those holdings held on the CHESS sub-register) and issuer sponsored

holdings statements (for all other holdings) to all Applicants settling on ASX on 4 March 2021.


If applicable, refunds will be made as soon as practicable thereafter in accordance with applicable law.


4. Statement of the 20 largest shareholders


Set out below is a statement of the 20 largest holders of ordinary shares, being the only class of securities

of the Company to be quoted, and the number and percentage of Shares to be held by those holders.


No Shareholder Shares % of Shares

1.

New Zealand Central Securities

Depositary Limited

81,349,951 33.56%

2.

Waterman Fund 3 LP

38,165,965 15.74%

3.

Forsyth Barr Limited

11,286,527 4.66%

4.

Jarden Securities Limited

8,872,407 3.66%


3453-3197-2115, v. 1

No Shareholder Shares % of Shares

5.

Cecilia Charlotte L Robinson & James

Charles Robinson & Heimsath

Alexander Trustee Ltd <APL Holdings

A/C>

7,430,258 3.06%

6.

Theresa Elizabeth Gattung & Philippa

Mary Greenwood <Theresa Gattung

Investment A/C>

6,825,158 2.82%

7.

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Pty

Limited

6,471,215 2.67%

8.

Custodial Services Limited <4 A/C>

5,583,439 2.30%

9.

National Nominees Limited

4,056,602 1.67%

10.

Carlos Edward James Bagrie & Covisory

Trust Limited & JKA Holdings Limited

<Bagrie Lim Family A/C>

3,775,639 1.56%

11.

Custodial Services Limited <3 A/C>

3,564,953 1.47%

12.

Leveraged Equities Finance Limited

3,342,702 1.38%

13.

Craigs Investment Partners Limited

3,104,581 1.28%

14.

JB Were (NZ) Nominees Limited <NZ

Resident A/C>

3,018,995 1.25%

15.

New Zealand Depositary Nominee <1

A/C>

2,167,162 0.89%

16.

Neville Charles Goldie & Colin John

McEwan & Kevin John Roberts <Red

Rose A/C>

2,047,152 0.84%

17.

Hobson Wealth Partners Limited

1,946,649 0.80%

18.

Custodial Services Limited <2 A/C>

1,935,100 0.80%

19.

FNZ Custodians Limited

1,723,528 0.71%

20.

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

1,601,153 0.66%

Top 20 holders of Shares

198,269,136 81.78%

Balance of Shares

44,168,388 18.22%

Total Shares on issue

242,437,524 100%


3453-3197-2115, v. 1

5. Distribution schedule of shareholders


Set out below is an indicative statement setting out the total number of shareholders and the number of

shareholders by shareholding category.


Range Holders Shares % of Shares

1 – 1,000

2,785 1,469,113 0.61%

1,001 –5,000

2,000 5,202,026 2.15%

5,001 – 10,000

532 3,949,411 1.63%

10,001 – 100,000

413 10,814,362 4.46%

100,001 and over

82 221,002,612 91.16%

Total

5,812 242,437,524 100%

---

100421558/8194854.3 1


Constitution of My

Food Bag Group

Limited

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 2

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED

INTERPRETATION

1 Defined terms

1.1 In this constitution the following expressions have the following meanings:

Act means the Companies Act 1993;

Company means My Food Bag Group Limited;

constitution means this constitution as it may be altered from time to time in

accordance with the Act;

Director means a person appointed as a director of the Company in accordance with

this constitution;

NZX means NZX Limited, its successors and assigns and, as the context permits,

includes any duly authorised delegate of NZX;

Rules means the Listing Rules applying to the NZX Main Board (or any successor to

that market) as altered from time to time by NZX;

Share means a share in the Company; and

written or in writing in relation to words, figures and symbols includes all modes of

presenting or reproducing those words, figures and symbols in a tangible and visible

form.

1.2 Subject to clause 1.1, expressions:

(a) which are defined in the Rules (whether or not expressed with an initial

capital letter) have the meanings given by the Rules.

(b) which are defined in the Act (whether generally or for the purposes of one or

more particular provisions) have the meanings given to them by the Act.

Where an expression is defined in the Act more than once and in different

contexts, its meaning will be governed by the context in which it appears in

this constitution.

2 Construction

In this constitution:

2.1 headings appear as a matter of convenience and do not affect the

interpretation of this constitution;

2.2 the singular includes the plural and vice versa, and words importing one

gender include the other genders;

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 3

2.3 a reference to an enactment or any regulations is a reference to that

enactment or those regulations as amended, or to any enactment or

regulations substituted for that enactment or those regulations;

2.4 a reference to a Rule or the Rules includes that Rule or the Rules as from time

to time amended or substituted;

2.5 a reference to permitted by the Act or permitted by the Rules means not

prohibited by the Act or not prohibited by the Rules;

2.6 the Schedules form part of this constitution.

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN CONSTITUTION AND RULES

3 Incorporation of Rules while listed by NZX

For so long as the Company is listed by NZX:

3.1 this constitution is deemed to incorporate all provisions of the Rules required

under the Rules to be contained or incorporated by reference in this

constitution, as those provisions apply from time to time (and as modified by

any waiver or ruling relevant to the Company);

3.2 shareholders must not cast a vote if prohibited from doing so by the Rules;

3.3 Directors must not cast a vote if prohibited from doing so by the Rules.

4 NZX waivers or rulings

If NZX has granted a waiver or ruling in relation to the Company authorising any act

or omission which in the absence of that waiver or ruling would be in contravention

of the Rules or this constitution that act or omission will, unless a contrary intention

appears in this constitution, be deemed to be authorised by the Rules and by this

constitution.

5 Failure to comply with Rules has limited effect in some cases

Any failure to comply with:

5.1 the Rules, or

5.2 a clause of this constitution corresponding with a provision of the Rules

(whether such provision is set out in full in this constitution or incorporated in

it pursuant to clause 3),

by the Company or shareholders does not affect the validity or enforceability of any

transaction, contract, action, decision or vote taken at a meeting of Equity Security

holders or other matter entered into by, or affecting, the Company, except that a

party to a transaction or contract who knew of the non-compliance is not entitled to

enforce that transaction or contract. This clause does not limit the rights of Equity

Security holders against the Company or the Directors.

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 4

6 Company must comply with Rules while listed

6.1 For so long as the Company is listed by NZX, the Company must comply with the

Rules. Subject to clause 4, if this constitution contains any provision inconsistent

with the Rules, then the Rules prevail.

6.2 To the extent that any provision of this constitution is expressed as being subject to

the Rules or requires compliance with the Rules, such provision will only be subject

to, or require compliance with, the Rules for so long as the Company is listed.

SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS

7 Board need not comply with statutory pre-emptive rights

Section 45 of the Act does not apply to the Company.

8 Further issues of Shares do not affect rights of existing shareholders

Subject to this constitution, the Board may issue Shares that rank as to voting or

distribution rights, or both, equally with or in priority to any existing Shares. Any

such issue will not be treated as an action affecting the rights attached to those

existing Shares unless the terms of issue of those Shares expressly provide

otherwise.

9 Consolidation and subdivision

The Board may:

9.1 consolidate and divide Shares or any class of Shares in proportion to those

Shares or the Shares in that class; or

9.2 subdivide Shares or any class of Shares in proportion to those Shares or the

Shares in that class.

10 Share register may be divided

The Share register may be divided into 2 or more registers kept in different places.

11 Record date for shareholder voting

The Board may determine in a notice of meeting for the purpose of voting at that

meeting that those registered shareholders as at 5 p.m. on a day not more than

2 working days before the meeting will be the only persons entitled to exercise the

right to vote at that meeting.

12 Registration of separate parcels

A shareholder or a transferee may request the Company to register the Shares held

by that person in two or more separately identifiable parcels. Where the Company

agrees to such a request, the Company may, so far as it considers convenient,

communicate with the shareholder, pay dividends and otherwise act in respect of

such parcel, as if the separately identifiable parcels belonged to different persons.

13 Board may refuse or delay transfer

The Board may in its absolute discretion refuse or delay the registration of any

transfer of Shares (subject to their terms of issue) if permitted to do so by the Act

or the Rules.

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 5

14 Compulsory sale of less than Minimum Holdings

14.1 The Company may at any time give notice to a shareholder holding less than a

Minimum Holding (as defined in the Rules) that if, at the expiration of 3 months

after the date the notice is given, Shares then registered in the name of the

shareholder are less than a Minimum Holding the Company may sell those Shares on

market (including through a broker acting on the Company’s behalf).

14.2 The Board may authorise the transfer of the Shares sold by the Company under this

clause 14 and the shareholder is deemed to have authorised the Company to act on

behalf of the shareholder and to sign all necessary documents relating to the sale.

The purchaser of Shares sold by the Company under this clause 14 shall have no

obligation to ensure the proceeds of the sale of those Shares is applied in

accordance with this clause 14, nor shall the title to the Shares be affected by any

irregularity or invalidity in the procedures under this constitution relating to the sale.

The remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale is in damages only and against the

Company exclusively.

14.3 The proceeds of the sale of any Shares sold under this clause must be applied as

follows:

(a) first, in payment of any reasonable sale expenses.

(b) second, in satisfaction of any unpaid calls or any other amounts owing to the

Company in respect of the Shares.

(c) the residue, if any, must be paid to the person who was the holder

immediately before the sale or his or her executors, administrators or assigns.

14.4 A certificate, signed by a Director that records that a power of sale under this clause

has arisen and is exercisable by the Company is conclusive evidence of the facts

stated in that certificate.

15 Board may make calls on Shares

The Board may make calls on any shareholder for any money that is unpaid on that

shareholder’s Shares and not otherwise payable at a specified time or times under

this constitution or the terms of issue of those Shares or any contract for the issue

of those Shares. The First Schedule governs calls on Shares.

16 Forfeiture of Shares where calls or other amounts unpaid

The Board may exercise the rights set out in the First Schedule for forfeiture of any

Shares if the holder of those Shares fails to pay:

16.1 a call, or an instalment of a call, on those Shares; or

16.2 any amount that is payable under this constitution or the terms of issue of

those Shares or any contract for the issue of the Shares.

17 Company’s lien

The Company has a lien on Shares and dividends in respect of such Shares on the

terms set out in the First Schedule.

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 6

18 Company may acquire and hold Shares

Subject to this constitution and the Rules, the Company may:

18.1 purchase or otherwise acquire Shares issued by the Company and may hold

Shares as treasury stock; and

18.2 make an offer to one or more holders of Shares to acquire Shares issued by

the Company in such number or proportions as it thinks fit,

in accordance with the Act and the Rules.

19 Company may issue and redeem Shares

Subject to this constitution and the Rules, the Company may:

19.1 issue or redeem redeemable Shares; and

19.2 exercise an option to redeem redeemable Shares issued by the Company in

relation to one or more holders of redeemable Shares,

in accordance with the Act and the Rules.

20 Board deductions from distribution

The Board may, at its discretion, deduct from any dividend or other distribution

payable to a shareholder any amount owed by the shareholder to the Company in

respect of which the Company has a lien over the specific Shares on which the

dividend or other distribution is payable. The Board must deduct from any dividend

or other distribution payable to any shareholder any amount it is required by law to

deduct, including withholding and other taxes.

21 Distributions do not bear interest

No dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company unless the

applicable terms of issue expressly provide otherwise.

22 Unclaimed moneys

All dividends and other distributions unclaimed for one year after the due date for

payment may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of

the Company until claimed. The Company shall be entitled to mingle the distribution

with other money of the Company and shall not be required to hold it or to regard it

as being impressed with any trust but, subject to compliance with the solvency test,

shall pay the distribution to the person producing evidence of entitlement.

23 Proceedings at meetings of shareholders and interest groups

The Second Schedule governs the proceedings at meetings of shareholders. The

Second Schedule also governs the proceedings of meetings of any interest group

required to be held by the Act, the Rules, or this constitution, with all necessary

consequential modifications, except that the quorum shall be the members of the

interest group holding 5% or more of the total number of Shares held by all

members of that group having the right to vote at the meeting.

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 7

DIRECTORS

24 Composition

The Company shall comply with the minimum Board composition requirements of

the Rules.

25 Appointment of Directors

25.1 Any natural person who is not disqualified under the Act and, if required under the

Rules, who has been nominated within the time limits under the Rules, may be

appointed as a Director by an ordinary resolution of shareholders.

25.2 The Board may appoint any person who is not disqualified under the Act to be a

Director to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors. Any Director

appointed under this clause (including any person who subsequent to his or her

appointment as a Director becomes an executive Director) may hold office only until

the next annual meeting, and is then eligible for election.

25.3 The persons holding office as directors of the Company on adoption of this

constitution continue in office and are deemed to have been appointed as Directors

pursuant to this constitution. Similarly the chairperson of the Board continues in

office and is deemed to have been appointed as chairperson pursuant to this

constitution.

26 Rotation of Directors

26.1 Each Director shall retire from office when required to do so by the Rules, but,

subject to the Rules, shall be eligible for re-election (including at any meeting at

which the Director retires).

26.2 A Director retiring at a meeting of shareholders continues to hold office:

(a) until he or she is re-elected; or

(b) if he or she is not re-elected, until the end of the meeting of shareholders at

which he or she retires (or any adjournment of that meeting).

27 No shareholding qualification for Directors

There is no shareholding qualification for Directors.

28 Election of chairperson of the Board and term of office

28.1 The Directors may elect one of their number as chairperson and, if they so

determine a deputy chairperson, of the Board.

28.2 The chairperson of the Board and, if one has been elected, the deputy chairperson of

the Board holds that office until he or she vacates that office or the Directors elect a

chairperson or deputy chairperson (as the case may be) in his or her place.

29 Office of Director vacated in certain cases

The office of Director is vacated if the person holding that office:

29.1 dies;

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 8

29.2 is absent from 3 consecutive meetings of the Board without leave being

granted by a resolution of the Board and the Board resolves that the Director

has vacated office;

29.3 becomes disqualified from being a director pursuant to the Act; or

29.4 retires from office and is not re-elected.

30 Meetings of the Board

The Third Schedule governs the proceedings at meetings of the Board, except where

otherwise agreed by all Directors in relation to a particular meeting or meetings.

The third schedule to the Act does not apply to proceedings of the Board.

31 Written resolutions of Board permitted

A written resolution signed or assented to by a majority of the Directors then

entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Board and who together would

constitute a quorum at a meeting is as valid and effective as if it had been passed at

a meeting of the Board duly convened and held. Within 5 working days of a

resolution being passed in accordance with this clause, the Company must send a

copy of the resolution to every Director who did not sign the resolution or on whose

behalf the resolution was not signed.

32 Written resolutions may be in counterparts

Any written resolution may consist of several copies of the resolution, each signed or

assented to by one or more of the Directors. A copy of a written resolution, which

has been signed and is sent by email or any similar means of communication

(including PDF counterparts), will satisfy the requirements of this clause.

33 Board delegates to comply with regulations

In exercising the Board’s delegated powers, any committee of Directors, Director,

employee, or any other person must comply with any regulations that the Board

may impose.

34 Committee proceedings

The provisions of this constitution relating to meetings and proceedings of the Board

also apply to meetings and proceedings of any committee of Directors, except to the

extent the Board determines otherwise.

35 Reimbursement of expenses

A Director may be reimbursed for reasonable travelling, accommodation and other

expenses incurred in the course of performing duties or exercising powers as a

Director without requiring the prior approval of shareholders.

36 Directors may appoint and remove alternate Directors

Every Director may:

36.1 appoint any person who is not a Director and is not disqualified by the Act or

this constitution from being a Director, and whose appointment has been

approved in writing by a majority of the other Directors, to act as an alternate

Director in his or her place either for a specified period, or generally during

the absence or inability to act from time to time of such Director; and

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 9

36.2 remove his or her alternate Director from that office,

by giving written notice to that effect to the Company. A majority of the other

Directors may similarly remove an alternate of a Director from that office.

37 Alternate Director has powers of appointer

While acting in the place of the Director who appointed him or her, an alternate

Director:

37.1 has, and may exercise and discharge, all the powers, rights, duties and

privileges of that Director (including the right to receive notice of, be counted

as part of the quorum of, and participate in a meeting, of the Board, and to

sign any document, including a written resolution, and to act as chairperson

of the Board, but excluding the right to appoint an alternate Director);

37.2 is also subject to the same terms and conditions of appointment as that

Director, except that he or she is not entitled to receive remuneration other

than such proportion (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his or

her appointer as the appointer may direct by notice in writing to the

Company.

38 Termination of appointment of alternate Director

The appointment of an alternate Director terminates automatically if the Director

who appointed him or her ceases to be a Director or if an event occurs which would

cause him or her to vacate office if he or she were a Director. A Director retiring by

rotation and being re-elected is not to be treated as having ceased to be a Director

for the purposes of this clause.

GENERAL

39 Company indemnification of directors and employees for certain liabilities

The Company shall indemnify a director of the Company, and may indemnify an

employee of the Company or a director or employee of a related company, for any

liability or costs for which a director or employee may be indemnified under the Act.

The Board may determine the terms and conditions of such an indemnity.

40 Company may effect insurance for directors and employees

The Company may, with the prior approval of the Board, effect insurance for a

director or employee of the Company or a related company for any liability or costs

for which a company may effect insurance for a director or employee under the Act.

The Board may determine the amounts and the terms and conditions of any such

insurance.

41 Manner of execution of deeds

An obligation which, if entered into by a natural person, would, by law, be required

to be by deed, may be entered into on behalf of the Company in writing signed

under the name of the Company by a Director, or any other person authorised by

the Board, whose signature must be witnessed, or as otherwise permitted by the

Act.

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 10

42 Distribution of surplus assets in kind

If the Company is liquidated the liquidator may, with the approval of shareholders

by special resolution, but subject to any other sanction required by the Act:

42.1 divide among the shareholders in kind the whole or any part of the surplus

assets of the Company and for that purpose the liquidator may:

(a) fix such values for surplus assets as the liquidator considers to be

appropriate, and

(b) determine how the division will be carried out as between shareholders

or different classes of shareholder;

and

42.2 vest the whole or any part of any such surplus assets in trustees upon such

trusts for the benefit of such of those shareholders as the liquidator thinks fit,

but so that no shareholder is compelled to accept any shares or other securities on

which there is any liability.

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 11

FIRST SCHEDULE: CALLS, FORFEITURE AND LIENS

INTERPRETATION

1 Construction

Unless stated otherwise, references to clauses are references to clauses in this

Schedule.

CALLS ON SHARES

2 Shareholders must pay calls

Every shareholder on receiving at least 10 working days’ notice specifying the time

or times and the place of payment must pay, in accordance with that notice, the

amount called to be paid in respect of any Shares that shareholder holds. The Board

may revoke or postpone a call, or require a call to be paid by instalments.

3 Call made when Board resolution passed

A call is regarded as having been made at the time when the Board resolution

authorising the call was passed.

4 Joint holders are jointly and severally liable

The joint holders of a Share are jointly and severally liable to pay all calls for that

Share.

5 Unpaid calls will accrue interest

If an amount called is not paid in full at the time specified for payment, the person

from whom the amount is due must pay the Company interest on the amount that

remains unpaid at a rate determined by the Board and calculated from the time

specified for payment until the day of actual payment. Subject to the Rules, the

Board may waive some or all of the payment of that interest.

6 Amounts payable under terms of issue treated as calls

Any amount that becomes payable on issue or at any specified date under this

constitution or under the terms of issue of Shares or under a contract for the issue

of Shares, will be regarded as being a call duly made and payable on the specified

date. If the payment is not made, the relevant provisions of this constitution will

apply as if the amount had become payable by virtue of a call made in accordance

with this constitution.

7 Board may differentiate between shareholders as to calls

On the issue of Shares, the Board may differentiate between shareholders as to the

amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

8 Board may accept payment in advance for calls

8.1 Where a shareholder is willing to advance some or all of the money unpaid and

uncalled on any Share of that shareholder, the Board may accept the amount

advanced on the Company’s behalf. The Board may pay interest on that amount at

a rate agreed between the Board and that shareholder for the period between the

date that the amount is accepted and the date that the amount becomes payable

pursuant to a call or the date specified for its payment.

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 12

8.2 The Board may at any time repay to any shareholder the whole or any portion of

any money so advanced upon giving that holder at least 10 working days’ notice in

writing and as from the date of such repayment interest (if any) shall cease to

accrue on the money so repaid.

8.3 A shareholder is not entitled as of right to any payment of interest on any amount so

paid in advance and the Board may decline to pay any interest. Any amount so paid

in advance must not be taken into account in ascertaining the amount of any

dividend or other distribution payable upon the Shares concerned.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

9 Board may by notice require forfeiture of Shares if calls unpaid

The Board may during the time that a call, instalment, or other amount remains

unpaid on a Share, serve a notice on the holder of that Share requiring payment of

the unpaid call, instalment, or other amount, together with any accrued interest and

any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of non-payment.

10 Notice of forfeiture must satisfy certain requirements

The notice served on a shareholder under clause 9 must specify a date not earlier

than 10 working days after the date the notice is served by which the payment is to

be made. The notice must also state that in the event of non-payment by the

appointed time, the Shares to which the call, instalment, or other amount relates,

will be liable to be forfeited by the shareholder.

11 Failure to comply with notice may lead to forfeiture

Where a valid notice under clause 9 is served on a shareholder and the shareholder

fails to comply with the notice, then the Board may resolve that any Share for which

that notice was given and all distributions authorised and not paid before the notice

was served be forfeited.

12 Board may deal with forfeited Share

A forfeited Share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such

manner as the Board thinks fit. However, the Board may cancel the forfeiture at

any time before the sale or other disposition on such terms as the Board thinks fit if

the call, instalment or other amount which remains unpaid on the Share is paid.

13 Shareholder whose Shares are forfeited loses rights

A person whose Shares have been forfeited immediately ceases to be a shareholder

in respect of those Shares notwithstanding any other provision of this constitution,

and remains liable to pay the unpaid amount that the shareholder owes the

Company, but that liability shall cease if the Company receives payment in full of all

money owing for those Shares.

14 Evidence of forfeiture

A certificate signed by a Director that a Share has been duly forfeited on a stated

date is conclusive evidence of the facts stated in that certificate.

15 Company may sell forfeited Share

The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for a forfeited Share

following a sale or disposition, and may execute a transfer of the Share in favour of

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 13

the person to whom the Share is sold or disposed of, and register that person as the

holder of the Share. That person is not bound to see to the application of the

purchase money, if any, nor is the title to the Share affected by any irregularity or

invalidity in the procedures under this constitution in respect of the forfeiture, sale

or disposal of that Share. Any residue after satisfaction of unpaid calls, instalments,

premiums or other amounts and interest, and expenses, shall be paid to the

previous holder, or to his or her executors, administrators or assigns.

LIEN ON SHARES

16 Company’s lien

The Company has a lien, ranking in priority over all other equities, on:

16.1 all Shares registered in the name of a shareholder; and

16.2 all dividends authorised in respect of such Shares; and

16.3 the proceeds of sale of such Shares,

for:

16.4 unpaid calls and instalments payable in respect of any such Shares; and

16.5 interest on any such calls or instalments; and

16.6 sale expenses owing to the Company in respect of any such Shares; and

16.7 any amounts that the Company may be called on to pay under any statute,

regulation, ordinance or other legislation in respect of the Shares of that

shareholder, whether the period for payment has arrived or not.

17 Waiver of lien

Registration of a transfer of Shares on which the Company has any lien will operate

as a waiver of the lien, unless the Company gives notice to the contrary to the

transferee prior to registration.

18 Company may sell Share on which it has a lien

The Company may sell a Share on which it has a lien in such manner as the Board

thinks fit, where:

18.1 the lien on the Share is for a sum which is presently payable; and

18.2 the registered holder of the Share, or the person entitled to it on his or her

death or bankruptcy, has failed to pay that sum within 10 working days after

the Company has served that registered holder written notice demanding

payment of that sum.

19 Company may transfer Share and apply proceeds

19.1 The Company may receive the consideration given for a Share sold under clause 18,

and may execute a transfer of the Share in favour of the person to whom the Share

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 14

is sold, and register that person as the holder of the Share discharged from all calls

due prior to the purchase.

19.2 The purchaser is not bound to see to the application of the purchase money, and the

purchaser’s title to the Share is not affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the

proceedings relating to the sale. The remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale

shall be in damages only and against the Company exclusively.

19.3 The Company must apply the sale proceeds in payment of the sum presently

payable on the lien, and the balance, if any, shall (subject to a like lien for sums not

presently payable that existed upon the Share before the sale) be paid to the person

who held the Share immediately before the date of sale or to his or her executors,

administrators or assigns.

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 15

SECOND SCHEDULE: PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

INTERPRETATION

1 Construction

1.1 This Schedule is to be read together with Schedule 1 of the Act.

1.2 Unless stated otherwise, references to clauses are references to clauses in this

Schedule.

1.3 A reference in this Schedule to a shareholder present at a meeting or entitled to

vote at a meeting includes a reference to a proxy of a shareholder, a representative

of a corporate shareholder, an attorney of a shareholder, and any person who may

lawfully act on behalf of a shareholder.

QUORUM

2 Quorum for shareholders’ meeting

A quorum for a meeting of shareholders is present if 3 or more shareholders are

present having the right to vote at the meeting.

CHAIRPERSON

3 Chairperson of Board to be chairperson of meeting

The chairperson of the Board, if one has been elected by the Directors and is present

at a meeting of shareholders, will chair the meeting.

4 Directors may elect chairperson if chairperson of Board not available

If no chairperson of the Board has been elected or, if at any meeting of shareholders

the chairperson of the Board is not present within 15 minutes of the time appointed

for the commencement of the meeting or is unwilling to act, the deputy chairperson

of the Board (if any) shall be the chairperson, or failing him or her, the Directors

present may elect one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting.

5 As a last resort shareholders may elect chairperson

If at any meeting of shareholders, no Director is willing to act as chairperson or if no

Director is present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the commencement

of the meeting, the shareholders present may elect one of their number to be

chairperson of the meeting.

6 Chairperson’s power to adjourn meeting

The chairperson of a meeting at which a quorum is present:

6.1 may adjourn the meeting with the consent of the shareholders present who

are entitled to attend and vote at that meeting; and

6.2 must adjourn the meeting if directed by the meeting to do so.

The only business that may be transacted at any adjourned meeting is the business

left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 16

7 Chairperson may dissolve or adjourn unruly meetings

The chairperson may adjourn or dissolve the meeting if in his or her opinion the

meeting has become so unruly, disorderly or inordinately protracted, that the

business of the meeting cannot be conducted in a proper and orderly manner. The

chairperson may exercise this power without the consent of the meeting and without

giving reasons.

8 Dissolved meetings - unfinished business

If the chairperson proposes to dissolve a meeting pursuant to clause 7, and there is

any item of unfinished business of the meeting which in his or her opinion requires

to be voted upon, then that item shall be dealt with by the chairperson directing it to

be put to the vote by a poll without further discussion.

VOTING

9 Chairperson not allowed casting vote

In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands, voice vote or on a

poll, the chairperson does not have a casting vote.

POLLS

10 Voting at meetings to be by poll

As required by the Rules, all voting at meetings of shareholders must be conducted

by a poll.

11 Time at which polls to be taken

A poll demanded on the election of a chairperson of a meeting or on a question of

adjournment must be taken immediately. A poll demanded on any other question is

to be taken at such time as the chairperson of the meeting directs. The meeting

may proceed to deal with any business other than that upon which a poll has been

demanded pending the taking of the poll.

12 Declaration of poll result

12.1 The chairperson of the meeting may declare the result of a poll either at or after the

meeting, and when the outcome of the poll is known, may do so regardless of

whether all votes have been counted.

12.2 The result of a poll declared by the chairperson of the meeting will be treated as the

resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded on the issue for which the

poll was taken.

PROXIES

13 Form of notice of proxy

13.1 A notice appointing a proxy shall be in such form as the Board may direct.

14 Vote by proxy valid where no notification before meeting of disqualified

proxy

Where:

14.1 the shareholder has died or become incapacitated; or

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 17

14.2 the proxy, or the authority under which the proxy was executed, has been

revoked; or

14.3 the Share in respect of which the notice of proxy is given has been

transferred,

before a meeting at which a proxy exercises a vote in terms of a notice of proxy but

the Company does not receive written notice of that death, incapacity, revocation, or

transfer before the start of the meeting, the vote of the proxy is valid.

POSTAL VOTES

15 Postal votes permitted at Board’s option

15.1 A shareholder may exercise the right to vote at a meeting by casting a postal vote

only if the Board, prior to the giving of notice of a meeting, has so determined and,

if the Board so determines, the provisions of clause 7 of the first schedule to the Act

shall apply. To avoid doubt, a postal vote may be cast using electronic means

permitted by the Board.

OTHER PROCEEDINGS

16 Chairperson may regulate other proceedings

Except as provided in Schedule 1 of the Act as modified by this Schedule, the

chairperson of a meeting of shareholders may regulate the proceedings at the

meeting.

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 18

THIRD SCHEDULE: PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD

NOTICE OF MEETING

1 Director’s power to convene meetings

A Director, or any other person at the request of a Director, may convene a meeting

of the Board by giving notice in accordance with this Schedule.

2 Notice to be sent to Director’s address

The notice of meeting must be a written notice delivered by hand to the Director, or

sent to the address, or an electronic mail message sent to the electronic mail

address, which the Director provides to the Company for that purpose, or if an

address or electronic mail address, is not provided, then a written notice to his or

her last place of employment or residence known to the Company.

3 Notice to contain certain details

The notice of meeting must include the date, time and place of the meeting and the

matters to be discussed.

4 Period of notice required to be given to Directors

At least two days’ notice of a meeting of the Board must be given unless the

chairperson (or, in the chairperson's absence from New Zealand, the deputy

chairperson (if any), and in the deputy chairperson’s absence, any other Director)

believes it is necessary to convene a meeting of the Board as a matter of urgency, in

which case shorter notice of the meeting of the Board may be given, so long as at

least two hours’ notice is given. Any such shorter notice may be given by telephone

communication to each Director at the telephone number provided to the company

by each Director provided that written notice shall be given to the Directors within

the shorter notice period where it is practicable to do so.

5 Absent Directors

If a Director, who is for the time being absent from New Zealand, supplies the

Company with an electronic mail address to which notices are to be sent during his

or her absence, then notice must be given to that Director. Otherwise notice need

not be given to any Director for the time being absent from New Zealand. However,

if he or she has an alternate Director who is in New Zealand, then notice must be

given to that person.

6 Directors may waive irregularities in notice

Any irregularity in the notice of a meeting, or failure to comply with clauses 1 to 5 of

this Schedule is waived if all Directors entitled to receive notice of the meeting

attend the meeting without protest as to the irregularity or failure, or if all Directors

entitled to receive notice of the meeting agree to the waiver.

MEETING AND QUORUM

7 Methods of holding meetings

A meeting of the Board may be held:

7.1 by a number of Directors who constitute a quorum, being assembled together

at the place, date and time appointed for the meeting;

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 19

7.2 by means of audio, or audio and visual, communication by which all Directors

participating and constituting a quorum can simultaneously hear each other

throughout the meeting; or

7.3 by a combination of the methods described in clauses 7.1 and 7.2 of this

Schedule.

8 Quorum for Board meeting

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the quorum necessary for the

transaction of business at a meeting of the Board is a majority of the Directors. No

business may be transacted at a meeting of the Board unless a quorum is present.

9 Meeting adjourned if no quorum

If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for a meeting

of the Board, the chairperson will adjourn the meeting to a specified day, time and

place, the day being within the next 2 days. If no such adjournment is made the

meeting will be adjourned automatically until the following working day/the same

day in the following week at the same time and place. If at the adjourned meeting a

quorum is not present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for the meeting,

the Directors present will constitute a quorum.

CHAIRPERSON

10 Chairperson to chair meetings

The chairperson or, in the absence of the chairperson, the deputy chairperson of the

Board will chair all meetings of the Board. If no chairperson or deputy chairperson

is elected, or if at a meeting of the Board the chairperson or deputy chairperson is

not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the commencement of

the meeting, then the Directors present may elect one of their number to be

chairperson of the meeting.

VOTING

11 Voting on resolutions

Each Director has one vote. A resolution of the Board is passed if it is agreed to by

all Directors present without dissent or if a majority of the votes cast on it are in

favour of it. A Director must not vote where that Director is not permitted to vote

by the Rules or this constitution. A Director present at a meeting of the Board may

abstain from voting on a resolution, and any Director who abstains from voting on a

resolution will not be treated as having voted in favour of it for the purposes of the

Act.

12 Chairperson does not have a casting vote

The chairperson of the Board does not have a casting vote.

MINUTES

13 Board must keep minutes of proceedings

The Board must ensure that minutes are kept of all proceedings of meetings of the

Board. Minutes which have been signed correct by the chairperson of the meeting

CONSTITUTION OF MY FOOD BAG GROUP LIMITED
100421558/8194854.3 20

are evidence of the proceedings at the meeting unless they are shown to be

inaccurate.

OTHER PROCEEDINGS

14 Board may regulate other proceedings

Except as set out in this Schedule, the Board may regulate its own procedure.

---

As at 31 March 2019
Nature of business:e-Commerce business with direct to consumer service for food and other household needs

Registered Office:Level 1

70 Shortland Street

Auckland 1010

Directors:Cecilia Robinson

Christopher Marshall

James Robinson

Kevin Roberts

Lance Jenkins

Philip Maud

Theresa Gattung

Shareholders:Waterman Fund 3 LP70,000shares

Theresa Gattung and Philippa Greenwood10,800shares

James Robinson, Cecilia Robinson and Heimsath Alexander Trustee Limited10,800shares

JKA Holdings Limited, Carlos Bagrie, Nadia Lim and Covisory Trust Limited5,400shares

Kevin Roberts, Neville Goldie and Colin McEwan3,000shares

Bankers:Bank of New Zealand and ASB Bank

Auditors:Ernst & Young

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries

Business Directory

- 1 -

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited







Independent auditor’s report to the Shareholders of MFB Group Limited

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of MFB Group Limited (“the Company”) and its subsidiary

(together “the Group”) on pages 5 to 22, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial

position of the Group as at 31 March 2019, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income,

consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year

then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including a summary

of significant accounting policies.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 5 to 22 present fairly, in all material

respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2019 and its consolidated

financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand

Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting

Standards.

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken

so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them

in an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not

accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders,

as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Our

responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the

Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report.

We are independent of the Company and Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard

1 (revised) Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners issued by the New Zealand Auditing and

Assurance Standards Board, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with

these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis

for our opinion.

Ernst & Young provides taxation related services to the Company and Group. Partners and employees

of our firm may deal with the Company and Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of

trading activities of the business of the Company and Group. We have no other relationship with, or

interest in, the Company and Group.

Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the Annual Report, which includes information other

than the consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do

not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the

other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent

with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit, or otherwise

appears to be materially misstated.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited







If, based upon the work we have performed on the other information obtained prior to the date of this

auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are

required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements

The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of

the consolidated financial statements in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International

Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal

control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial

statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing on

behalf of the entity the Group's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,

matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors

either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial

statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to

issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,

but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing

(New Zealand) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from

fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably

be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated

financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements is

located at the External Reporting Board website: https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-

practitioners/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-7/. This description forms part of our auditor’s

report.



Chartered Accountants

Auckland

20 June 2019

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 March 2019

Note20192018

NZ$NZ$

Assets

Current

132,952,532

1,637,053

4, 13

1,126,294

1,296,161

265,214

952,506

17228,304

478,534

232,327

355,652

54,436

95,499

-

-

Total current assets

4,859,1074,815,405

Non-current

5,173,502,000

3,693,876

684,127,105

85,315,792

87,629,105

89,009,668

Total assets92,488,212

93,825,073

Liabilities

Current

Trade and other payables

8,17(9,707,557)

(9,469,401)

Deferred revenue

(349,221)

(2,247,788)

9

(30,697)

(54,414)

Derivative financial liabilities13

(423,005)

(185,098)

Other current liabilities

(866,152)

(850,469)

13(2,923,660)

(2,923,660)

Current tax liability

(511,195)

(673,029)

(14,811,487)(16,403,859)

Non-current

Trade and other payables8,17

(581,127)

(570,315)

Finance lease liabilities 9(20,328)

(19,064)

Bank loan13

(13,944,073)

(16,923,660)

Deferred tax liability3(4,804,127)

(5,044,794)

(19,349,655)

(22,557,833)

Total liabilities(34,161,142)(38,961,693)

Net assets58,327,070

54,863,380

Equity

Share capital

101,000,000

1,000,000

Retained earnings

6,146,497

2,724,045

Other shareholder contributions

1451,095,00051,095,000

Share based payment reserve

1185,57344,335

Total equity 58,327,070

54,863,380

0

This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 22

Total non-current liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Raw materials work in progress

Packaging

Prepayments

Other current assets

Total current liabilities

Current tax asset

Bank loan

Finance lease liabilities

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Total non-current assets

- 5 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 March 2019

Year endedYear ended

Note20192018

NZ$NZ$

Income1155,956,974

149,000,882

Cost of sales17(121,649,286)

(119,247,752)

Gross profit

34,307,68829,753,130

Marketing expenses(7,284,297)

(5,848,192)

Financing expenses

(1,165,692)

(1,389,690)

Indirect expenses2,17(15,915,785)

(15,862,065)

Other income1153,077

132,824

Share based payment expense

11(41,238)

(8,246)

Net profit for the year - before tax

10,053,7536,777,760

Income tax expense3(2,837,335)

(1,820,730)

Net profit for the year - after tax

7,216,4184,957,030

Total comprehensive income for the year 7,216,4184,957,030

Earnings per share

Basic profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent72.16 49.57

Diluted profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity shareholders of the parent68.94 49.37

This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 22

- 6 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 March 2019

Note

Share capital

Other

shareholder

contributions

Retained

earnings

Share based

payment

valuation

reserve

Total equity

NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$

Balance at 1 April 2018

1,000,00051,095,0002,724,04544,33554,863,380

Effect of adoption of new accounting standards17

--

(220,303)-(220,303)

Restated balance 1 April 2018

1,000,00051,095,0002,503,74244,33554,643,077

Profit for the period

--7,216,418-7,216,418

Total comprehensive income for the year

--7,216,418-7,216,418

Cash dividends

--(3,573,663)-(3,573,663)

Share based payment expense

---41,23841,238

Balance at 31 March 2019

1,000,00051,095,0006,146,49785,573

58,327,070

Balance at 1 April 2017

1,000,00051,095,0001,142,47836,08953,273,567

Profit for the period previously reported

--6,145,822

-

6,145,822.00

Correction of errors

--(1,188,792)-

(1,188,792)

Restated profit

--4,957,030-4,957,030

Total comprehensive income for the year

--4,957,030-

4,957,030

Cash dividends

--(3,375,463)-(3,375,463)

Share based payment expense

---8,2468,246

Balance at 31 March 2018

1,000,00051,095,0002,724,045

44,335

54,863,380

This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 22

- 7 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 March 2019

Year endedYear ended

Note20192018

NZ$NZ$

Operating activities

Cash was provided from:

Receipts from customers

154,161,056148,351,511

Interest received41,055

32,071

Cash was disbursed to:

Payments to suppliers and employees

(140,368,973)

(134,952,089)

Salaries paid to related parties

(416,153)

(905,946)

Tax paid(3,239,837)

(2,143,500)

Interest paid

(923,142)

(1,151,850)

Net cash flows from operating activities

16

9,254,006

9,230,197

Investing activities

Cash was provided from:

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

-

3,570

Cash was applied to:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

(458,412)(2,627,800)

Payments for development of digital assets

(870,735)

(970,212)

Net cash flows from investing activities

(1,329,147)

(3,594,442)

Financing activities

Cash was provided from:

Proceeds from borrowings -

-

Cash inflows from other equity contributions-

-

Cash was applied to:

Dividends paid(3,573,663)

(3,375,463)

Payment for financing leases(22,453)(32,973)

Repayment of borrowings (3,013,264)

(4,300,000)

Net cash flows from financing activities

(6,609,380)

(7,708,436)

Net increase / (decrease) in cash flows1,315,479

(2,072,681)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period1,637,053

3,709,734

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

2,952,532

1,637,053

This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 22

- 8 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Statement of Accounting Policies

Corporate information

Statement of compliance and reporting framework

Basis of preparation

Basis of consolidation

Business combinations and goodwill

Revenue recognition

Leasing

The 2018 income statement comparatives and note 2 have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. This relates to the reclassification of employee expenses in relation

to cost of sales from indirect expenses and amortisation and loss on sale of assets from financing expenses to indirect expenses. The effect of the first change has increased cost of sales

and decreased indirect expenses by $3,281k. The second change has the effect of reducing financing expenses by $2,693k and increasing indirect expenses. These changes have not had

an impact on the previously reported profit and equity position of the Group.

The financial statements comprise of the financial statements of the Group and its subsidiaries as at 31 March 2019. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control is achieved

when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Specifically,

the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has:

• Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee);

• Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

• The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

The financial statements of the Group are for the year ended 31 March 2019. The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 20 June 2019.

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating

leases.

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value at the inception of the lease or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments.

The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the consolidated statement of financial position as a finance lease liability.

Lease payments are apportioned between finance expenses and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance

expenses are recognised over the course of the lease in profit or loss.

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in

which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (NZ GAAP) and the requirements of the Companies Act

1993. For the purposes of complying with NZ GAAP, the Company is a for-profit entity.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS), and International Financial Reporting

Standards (IFRS).

The financial statements have been specifically prepared for the purposes of meeting the Group’s external reporting obligations.

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods are transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be

entitled in exchange for those goods. The Group has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements.

Revenue from sale of goods is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer, generally on delivery. Cash is normally received in advance of delivery.

The Group considers there are no other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated. In determining the

transaction price for the sale of goods, the Group considers there is no variable or non cash consideration and no significant financing component exists.

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, which is measured at

acquisition date fair value.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms,

economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost. If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group re-assesses whether it has correctly

identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date. If the reassessment

still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in profit or loss.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the

acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are

assigned to those units.

Where goodwill has been allocated to a cash-generating unit (CGU) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the disposed operation is included in

the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed in these circumstances is measured based on the relative values of the disposed

operation and the portion of CGU retained.

MFB Group Limited & My Food Bag Limited ("the Group") the company and subsidiaries are incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand under the New Zealand Companies Act 1993. The

Group is engaged in e-Commerce with direct to consumer service for food and other household needs.

The 2018 comparatives have also been restated for misstatements idenitifed in the balance sheet relating to several accounts refer to note 17 for further details.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except where identified in the accounting policies below. The Group’s consolidated financial statements

are presented in New Zealand dollars, which is also the parent company’s functional currency. The financial statements have been rounded to 0 decimal places.

The financial statements have been prepared using the going concern assumption. The Group has a negative current ratio of -0.33:1. Therefore, whilst the net negative current ratio

indicates uncertainty in relation to the going concern assumption, the Group has prepared forecasts which indicate that cash on hand, combined with cash flow as a result of operations will

enable the Group to continue operating and satisfy its going concern and solvency requirements.

Accordingly, the Directors believe the going concern assumption is valid and have reached this conclusion having regard to the circumstances which they consider likely to affect the Group

during the period of one year from the date these financials are approved.

- 9 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Current tax

Deferred tax

Current and deferred tax for the period

Goods and services tax

Property, plant and equipment

The following depreciation rates have been used:

- Motor vehicles

21-25%Diminishing value

- Plant and machinery 10% - 67% Diminishing value

- Office equipment8.5% - 67% Diminishing value

- Furniture and fittings8% - 40%Diminishing value

- Computers50%Diminishing value

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities

relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Current and deferred tax are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, except when they relate to items that are recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity,

in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial

accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

Plant, property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

Depreciation is recognised so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful lives, using the diminishing value method. The estimated useful lives,

residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets. However, when there is no reasonable certainty that ownership will be

obtained by the end of the lease term, assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss

arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is

recognised in profit or loss.

For the purposes of considering whether there has been any impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash inflows that are largely independent of the

cash flows of other groups of assets. When the book value of a group of assets exceeds the recoverable amount an impairment loss arises and is recognised in earnings immediately.

Revenue, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST) except:

• where the amount of GST incurred is not recovered from the taxation authority, it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; or

• for receivables and payables which are recognised inclusive of GST. (The net amount of GST recoverable from or payable to the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or

payables).

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in

the computation of taxable profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it

is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the

temporary difference arises from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting

profit.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available

to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates (and tax laws)

that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to

recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the period. Taxable profit differs from ‘profit before tax’ as reported in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income because of

items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group's current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been

enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax

regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

- 10 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Intangible assets

Computer software

Computer software licences and development costs recognised as assets are amortised on a straight line basis at the rates below:

- Softwaretwo yearsStraight line

Brands

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortised, but tested for impairment at least annually.

Finite life intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination

Packaging

Packaging is stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value.

Raw materials work in progress

Raw materials work in progress is stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value.

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when a Group entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Costs that are directly associated with the development of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group that will generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond one

year, are recognised as intangible assets. The costs incurred to acquire specific software licences are capitalised. Internally developed systems are capitalised once the project is assessed to

be feasible. Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an expense when incurred.

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is recorded as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the

consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets recognised.

Finite life intangible assets represent customer relationships acquired in a business combination are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Amortisation is recognised on a straight line basis, to appropriately reflect the reduction in value of the intangible asset over its deemed useful life of 2 years.

Brands for which relevant factors indicate that there is no limit to the foreseeable net cash flows are considered to have an indefinite useful life and are held at cost and are not amortised but

are subject to an annual impairment test. Brands are considered to have an indefinite useful life as there are no factors which indicate that there is a limit on their capacity to generate

foreseeable cash flows.

Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging

instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans and borrowings including bank loans, and derivative financial instruments.

The subsequent measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification, as described below:

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships

as defined by NZ IFRS 9.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate risks. Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the

date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is

positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

All potential intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they satisfy the definition of an intangible asset and their fair

value can be measured reliably.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities

(other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate,

on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognised immediately in profit or

loss.

The Group’s financial assets are classified, at initial recognition and subsequently measured at amortised cost. The Group measures financial assets at amortised cost if both of the following

conditions are met:

• The financial asset is held with the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

• The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding

The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost includes trade receivables.

Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest (EIR) method and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when

the asset is derecognised, modified or impaired.

For trade receivables, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based

on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the

debtors and the economic environment.

The Group does not measure any assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (OCI) or fair value through profit or loss.

- 11 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Other shareholder contributions

Fair value

Cash and short term deposits

Derivative financial instruments

Employee entitlements

· Level 3 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between Levels in the hierarchy by re-

assessing categorisation (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

· Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Loans and borrowings

After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the

liabilities are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance

costs in the statement of profit or loss.

This category generally applies to interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period.

The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income immediately.

A liability for annual leave is accrued and recognised in the consolidated balance sheet. The liability is equal to the present value of the estimated future cash outflows as a result of employee

services provided at balance date. Provisions are classified as non-current only if the Group has a legal entitlement not to make payment within a 12-month period, to the employee to whom

the obligation has been accrued. Provisions made in respect of employee benefits expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at their nominal values using the remuneration rate

expected to apply at the time of settlement. Provisions made in respect of employee benefits that are not expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at the present value of the

estimated future cash outflows to be made by the Group in respect of services provided up to the reporting date.

For the purposes of fair value disclosures, the Group has determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level of

the fair value hierarchy, as explained above.

Cash and short-term deposits in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and on hand and short-term deposits with a maturity of three months or less, which are subject to an

insignificant risk of changes in value.

The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risks through interest rate swap contracts.

· Level 2 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable; and












The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable

inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.

The other shareholder contributions are classified as equity in accordance with the terms of the shareholder loan mutual agreement and are measured at fair value, as they do not attract

interest or have fixed repayments.

The Group measures financial instruments such as derivatives at fair value at each balance sheet date.

· In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

The principal of the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Group.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their

economic best interest.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value

measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level

input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

· In the principal market for the asset or liability; or

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to

another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.

- 12 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Statement of cash flow

Share-based payments

Equity-settled transactions

Key sources of estimation uncertainty and key judgements

Key sources of estimation uncertainty and key judgements include:

Change in accounting policies

NZ IFRS 9

The classification and measurement requirements of NZ IFRS 9 did not have a significant impact on the Group.

The Group does not apply hedge accounting and so no changes resulted in the adoption of NZ IFRS 9.

NZ IFRS 15

The Group applied NZ IFRS 15 for the first time. The nature and effect of the changes as a result of adoption of these new accounting standards are described below.

NZ IFRS 15 supersedes NZ IAS 18 Revenue and related Interpretations and it applies to all revenue arising from contracts with its customers. NZ IFRS 15 establishes a five-step model to

account for revenue arising from contracts with customers and requires that revenue be recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in

exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer.

NZ IFRS 15 requires entities to exercise judgement, taking into consideration all of the relevant facts and circumstances when applying each step of the model to contracts with their

customers. The Group adopted NZ IFRS 15 using the full retrospective method of adoption. The impact of the change to NZ IFRS 15 was immaterial and was limited to presentational changes

only. As a result there has been no change to previously reported profit and equity.

NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments replaces NZ IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for bringing together all three aspects of the accounting for financial instruments:

classification and measurement; impairment; and hedge accounting.

Judgements made by management in the application of NZ IFRS that have significant effects on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustments in the

next year are disclosed, where applicable, in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

From time to time senior executive and management personnel of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments and render services as consideration for equity

instruments (equity-settled transactions).

The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by the fair value at the date when the grant is made using an appropriate valuation model, further details of which are given in note 11.

The cost is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, together with a corresponding increase in equity (share-based payment reserve), over the period in which service and,

where applicable, the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period). The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date

reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit in the statement of

comprehensive income for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of the period.

- Investing activities are those activities relating to the acquisition and disposal of current and non-current investments and any other non-current assets.

- Determining the fair value of share based payments made requires management to exercise their judgement as to the fair value and vesting probability of the relevant instruments issued

(refer note 11).

- The assessment of impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles. The Group determines whether goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are impaired at least on an annual basis. This

requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating units to which the goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are allocated. The assumptions used in this estimation of

recoverable amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are discussed in these notes to the accounts. An impairment assessment of goodwill and brands has

been conducted in the current period. Management have determined that there is no impairment of any of the cash generating units containing goodwill and brands (refer note 6). Determining

the recoverable amounts of goodwill and intangible assets requires the estimation of the effects of uncertain future events at balance date. These estimates involve assumptions about risk

assessment to cash flows or discount rates used, future changes in salaries and future changes in price affecting other costs. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are

based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be measurable under the circumstances.

Service and non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as

part of the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value. Any other conditions

attached to an award, but without an associated service requirement, are considered to be non-vesting conditions. Non-vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value of an award and lead

to an immediate expensing of an award unless there are also service and/or performance conditions.

- Financing activities are those activities relating to changes in the equity and debt capital structure of the Group and those activities relating to the cost of servicing the Group’s equity capital.

The statement of cash flow is prepared exclusive of GST, which is consistent with the method used in the income statement.

Definition of terms used in the statement of cash flow:

- Operating activities include all transactions and other events that are not investing or financing activities.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest because non-market performance and/or service conditions have not been met. Where awards include a market or non-

vesting condition, the transactions are treated as vested irrespective of whether the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions

are satisfied.

When the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the grant date fair value of the unmodified award, provided the original terms of the award are

met. An additional expense, measured as at the date of modification, is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment transaction, or is

otherwise beneficial to the employee. Where an award is cancelled by the entity or by the counterparty, any remaining element of the fair value of the award is expensed immediately through

profit or loss.

The adoption of NZ IFRS 9 has changed the Group’s accounting for impairment losses for trade receivables by replacing NZ IAS 39’s incurred loss approach with a forward-looking expected

credit loss (ECL) approach. Upon the adoption of NZ IFRS 9, the Group recognised additional impairment on the Group’s Trade receivables of $220,303. As this change was applied

prospectively the impact was reflected in Retained earnings as at 1 April 2018.

- 13 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Standards issued but not yet effective

NZIFRS 16 Leases; New Standard

Effective Standard Date: 1 January 2019MFB Application Date: 1 April 2019

NZIFRS 16 is the new standard on the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases.

Lessees recognise a liability to pay rentals with a corresponding asset, and recognise interest expense and depreciation separately.

Lessor accounting is substantially the same as today's lessor accounting, using NZIAS 17's dual classification approach.

The impact of the new standard is expected to be material however the quantum of the right of use asset and lease liability on transition is still to be determined.

The Group is required to adopt this standard in full for the financial year commencing 1 April 2019.

The scope of the new standard includes leases of all assets, with certain exceptions. A lease is defined as a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys

the right to use an asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The standards and interpretations that are issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of the Group's financial statements are disclosed

NZIFRS 16 requires lessees to account for all leases under a single on-balance sheet model (subject to certain exemptions) in a similar way to finance

leases under NZIAS 17.

Reassessment of certain key considerations (e.g. lease term, variable rents based on an index or rate, discount rate) by the lessee is required upon

certain events.

- 14 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements

Year endedYear ended

1Income

20192018

NZ$NZ$

Revenue from customers

155,956,974

149,000,882

Total income

155,956,974149,000,882

Dividend income

405 1,126

Interest income

41,055

32,071

Other income

111,617 99,627

Total other income

153,077 132,824

2Expenses

Profit before income tax has been arrived at after charging the following expenses and losses from operations:

Year endedYear ended

20192018

NZ$NZ$

Staff expenses

Salaries and wages

(11,190,281)(9,510,793)

Directors salaries14

(191,153)(655,946)

Defined contribution

(219,755)(158,383)

Interest expense

(923,142)(1,151,850)

IT expenses

(1,214,798)(1,063,435)

Fair value of derivatives

(238,476)(237,841)

Amortisation expense on intangible assets6

(1,670,147)(2,705,515)

Depreciation expense on property, plant and equipment5

(614,151)(573,515)

Loss on disposal of plant, property and equipment

(36,137)

(432,981)

Fees paid to Ernst & Young

Audit fees paid to Ernst & Young

(63,000)(42,000)

Other fees paid to Ernst & Young

-(15,328)

Other fees paid to Ernst & Young are paid in the period were in relation to tax compliance, tax advice and transfer pricing services.

Year endedYear ended

3Taxation

20192018

Current period

3,125,4833,066,609

Adjustments for prior periods

(47,481)(106,831)

Current tax expense

3,078,0022,959,778

-

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

(240,667)(1,139,048)

Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses

Deferred tax expense (income)

(240,667)(1,139,048)

Total income tax expense

2,837,3351,820,730

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Profit before tax

10,053,7536,777,760

Income tax using the Company tax rate 28%

2,815,0511,897,773

(Under) / over provided in prior years

(47,481)(106,831)

Non-deductible expenses

69,76529,788

Income tax expense

2,837,3351,820,730

Deferred Income tax

As at 1 April

(5,044,794)(6,183,842)

Charge / (credit) to statement of comprehensive income

240,6671,139,048

As at 31 March

(4,804,127)(5,044,794)

Fixed assetsDerivativesIntangiblesProvisionsTax lossesTotal

As at 1 April 2018

-51,827(5,756,609)653,9706,018

(5,044,794)

Credited / (charged) to the statement of profit or

loss

62,03766,614308,256(196,240)-240,667

Deferred tax as at 31 March 2019

62,037118,441(5,448,353)457,7306,018

(4,804,127)

As at 1 April 2017

-(14,768)(6,456,025)280,9336,018

(6,183,842)

Credited / (charged) to the statement of profit or

loss

-66,595699,416373,037-1,139,048

Deferred tax as at 31 March 2018

-51,827(5,756,609)653,9706,018

(5,044,794)

Imputation credit account through shareholdings

20192018

Imputation credits / (debits) at end of year

3,133,525928,383

The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the period, without taking into consideration the offsetting balances

within the same tax jurisdiction is as follows:

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit

through the future taxable profits is probable.

The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the tax rate applicable in New Zealand as follows:

- 15 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
4Trade Receivables

20192018

NZ$NZ$

Trade receivables

142,532354,335

Estimated credit loss for trade receivables

(85,522)(24,175)

Sundry debtors

1,058,347

966,001

Other receivables

10,937-

Trade and other receivables

1,126,2941,296,161

5Property, plant and equipment

Motor vehicles Plant & machinery

Office

equipment

Furniture and

fittings

Fit-out WIP Computers Total

NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$

NZ$

Year ended 31 March 2019

Balance as at 1 April 2018341,231

2,114,33860,2261,635,4012,380271,2064,424,782

Additions59,346217,77740,46138,702-

102,125458,411

Disposals(30,000)(15,132)-(23,029)-(4,502)(72,663)

Balance as at 31 March 2019

370,5772,316,983100,6871,651,0742,380368,8294,810,530

Accumulated depreciation

Balance as at 1 April 2018(146,460)(151,754)(17,010)(276,604)-(139,078)(730,906)

Depreciation eliminated on disposal of assets15,352

9,584-10,090-1,50136,527

Depreciation charge(52,069)(244,976)(31,087)(186,098)-

(99,921)(614,151)

Balance as at 31 March 2019

(183,177)(387,146)(48,097)(452,612)-(237,498)(1,308,530)

Net book value as at 31 March 2019

187,400

1,929,83752,5901,198,4622,380131,3313,502,000

Year ended 31 March 2018

Balance as at 1 April 2017341,231380,69048,365452,214929,077

300,277

2,451,854

Additions-54,47439,769113,0412,365,208122,959 2,695,451

Transfers-1,952,9098,8951,330,101(3,291,905)- -

Disposals-

(273,735)(36,803)

(259,955)-(152,030)(722,523)

Balance as at 31 March 2018

341,2312,114,33860,2261,635,4012,380271,206

4,424,782

Accumulated depreciation

Balance as at 1 April 2017(92,799)(71,758)(20,616)(78,092)-(176,527)(439,792)

Depreciation eliminated on disposal of assets-67,51228,41947,392-139,078282,401

Depreciation charge(53,661)(147,508)(24,813)(245,904)-(101,629)(573,515)

Balance as at 31 March 2018

(146,460)(151,754)(17,010)(276,604)-

(139,078)(730,906)

Net book value as at 31 March 2018

194,7711,962,58443,2161,358,7972,380132,1283,693,876

6Intangible assets

Software

Software work

in progress

Goodwill

Customer

relationships

Brand Total

NZ$NZ$

NZ$NZ$NZ$ NZ$

Year ended 31 March 2019

Cost or valuation

Balance as at 1 April 20181,755,24673,77563,792,126

5,261,03518,357,48489,239,666

Additions for the year466,633404,101---870,734

Disposals(828,327)-(253,020)--(1,081,347)

Balance as at 31 March 2019

1,393,552

477,87663,539,1065,261,03518,357,48489,029,053

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Balance as at 1 April 2018(864,671)--(3,059,203)

-(3,923,874)

Amortisation eliminated on disposal of asset692,073----692,073

Amortisation charge

(569,231)--(1,100,916)-

(1,670,147)

Balance as at 31 March 2019

(741,829)--(4,160,119)-(4,901,948)

Book value as at 31 March 2019651,723477,87663,539,106

1,100,91618,357,484

84,127,105

Year ended 31 March 2018

Cost or valuation

Balance as at 1 April 2017910,83215,62863,792,1265,261,03518,357,484

88,337,105

Additions for the year844,41458,147---902,561

Disposals------

Balance as at 31 March 2018

1,755,24673,77563,792,1265,261,03518,357,48489,239,666

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Balance as at 1 April 2017(473,471)--(744,888)-(1,218,359)

Amortisation charge(391,200)--(2,314,315)-(2,705,515)

Balance as at 31 March 2018

(864,671)--(3,059,203)-(3,923,874)

Book value as at 31 March 2018890,57573,77563,792,1262,201,83218,357,48485,315,792

· Projected cash flows, in particular the underlying growth rates supporting this which have been based on historical data and current market information;

There is only one cash generating unit. The cash generating unit has been valued on a Value in Use basis using a discounted cash flow model.

During the year ended 31 March 2019, management has determined there was a $253,020 write down of goodwill as a result of tax warranties under the SPA. This was driven by incorrect

deduction of GST from Merchant fees.

· Post-tax discount rates to reflect the Group's estimate of the time value of money and risks associated with the CGU. In determining the appropriate discount rate, consideration has been

given to the estimated weighted average cost of capital ("WACC") of 10.6%.

The Group has assessed brand assets as having an indefinite useful life. In coming to this conclusion, management considered expected expansion of the usage of the brands across other

products and markets, the typical customer lifecycle of these assets, the stability of the industry in which the brands are operating, the level of maintenance expenditure required and the

period of legal control over the brands. During the current period, management has determined that there is no impairment of any of the brands. The Group has determined that the

assessment of any potential impairment of goodwill is most sensitive to changes in the following assumptions:

- 16 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
7Subsidiaries

My Food Bag Group comprises the following entities which are incorporated in New Zealand:

Interest held

My Food Bag Limited

100%

8Trade and other payables

20192018

Current liabilities

NZ$NZ$

Trade payables

(6,845,420)(6,981,563)

Credit cards

(49,689)(58,973)

GST payable

(913,262)(576,470)

Accrued expenses

(1,899,186)

(1,852,395)

Current trade and other payables

(9,707,557)(9,469,401)

Non Current liabilities

Accrued expenses

(581,127)(570,315)

Non Current trade and other payables

(581,127)(570,315)

9Commitments and contingencies

Operating lease commitments - Group as lessee

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 March are:

20192018

NZ$NZ$

Within one year

2,066,9112,186,877

After one year but not more than five years

7,440,5027,577,834

More than five years

3,819,2285,561,744

13,326,64115,326,455

Operating lease commitments - Group as a lessor

The Group has entered into sub leases on three properties

Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 March are:

20192018

Within one year

NZ$NZ$

After one year but not more than five years

193,954

352,392

More than five years

76,386260,056

24,85335,137

295,193647,585

Finance lease and hire purchase commitments

20192018

NZ$NZ$

Within one year

30,69754,414

After one year but not more than five years

20,32819,064

More than five years

51,02573,478

Included in the consolidated financial statements as:

Current lease liabilities30,697 54,414

Non-current lease liabilities20,328 19,064

Future minimum lease payments51,025 73,478

10Issued capital and reserves

NZ$

NumberNZ$Number

Fully paid ordinary shares

1,000,000100,0001,000,000100,000

The ordinary shares have no par value

Issued capital and reserves compromises:

The Group has entered into commercial leases on certain property, motor vehicles and items of machinery with lease terms between 3 and 10 years. These leases have

rights of renewal up to nine years.

20192018

Each fully paid ordinary share confers on the holder one vote at a meeting of the company, a share in distributions approved by the Directors, and a share in the distribution of the surplus

assets of the company on dissolution.

The Group has finance leases and hire purchase contracts for various items of plant and machinery. The Group’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the

lessor’s title to the leased assets. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases and hire purchase contracts, as follows:

- 17 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
11Share option schemes

Other capital reserves

20192018

NZ$NZ$

As at 1 April

44,335

36,089

Changes during the period

41,2388,246

As at 31 March

85,57344,335

Nature and purpose of reserves

Fair value

20192018

Fair value of equity share optionsOptionsNZ$NZ$

Opening value4200118,790356,370

Granted on 1 August 2017200-16,970

Forfeited on 22 December 2017(4,000)(84,850)(254,550)

Granted on 4 April 201812510,606

-

Granted on 7 June 2018

2,000169,700-

Granted 26 November 20181,00084,850-

Forfeited on 18 December 2018(200)(16,970)-

Granted on 3 December 2018850

72,123-

Granted on 24 February 201950042,425-

4,675396,674

118,790

The share-based payment valuation reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to employees, including key management personnel, as part of

their remuneration.

The fair value of the share options were estimated on the grant date, based on a valuation methodology having regard to the company value at grant date, expiry date of the options, exercise

price, risk free interest rate , volatility and dividend yield.

The method was chosen on the basis that it provides the most appropriate assessment of the fair value.

The share options have been valued using a simulation model assuming that the share prices are lognormally distributed. The future value is discounted back to present value at the risk-free

rate, as the equity risk has been accounted for via the simulation modelling.

All other reserves are as stated in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

This is an equity settled share scheme.

The Group has a share option scheme under which options to subscribe for the Group’s shares have been granted to certain executives and senior employees. The options convert to

ordinary shares.

- 18 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
12Capital management

13Financial instruments

As at 31 March 2019

Financial loans and

receivables at

amortised cost

Financial

assets at fair

value

Total

NZ$NZ$ NZ$

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

2,952,532-

2,952,532

Trade receivables

1,126,294

-1,126,294

Total financial assets

4,078,826-4,078,826

Non-financial assets

88,409,386

Total assets

92,488,212

As at 31 March 2018

Financial loans and

receivables at

amortised cost

Financial

assets at fair

value

Total

NZ$NZ$ NZ$

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

1,637,053-

1,637,053

Trade receivables

1,296,161-1,296,161

Total financial assets

2,933,214-2,933,214

Non-financial assets

90,891,859

Total assets

93,825,073

Derivative financial assets fair value

Deal DateMaturity DateInterest Rate Notional Amount Pay FrequencyFair Value

Interest Rate Swaps

25/11/2016

30-09-19

30-09-21

1.90%20,000,000$ Quarter(423,005)$

Interest rate sensitivity

20192018

Increase / decrease

in basis points

Effect on profit

before tax

Effect on profit

before tax

NZD$

+10388,194$ 67,432

NZD$

-10(457,917)$

(67,418)

The assumed movement in basis points for the interest rate sensitivity analysis is based on the currently observable market environment.

The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax as there are no concentrations of credit risk.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on that portion of loans and borrowings. The Group's profit before tax is affected through the

impact on floating rate borrowings, as follows:

The group enters into interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate risk on the bank loan.

As at 31 March 2019, the Group had two interest rate swap agreements in place for a total notional amount of $20,000,000 whereby the Group receives a fixed rate of interest of 1.9% and

pays interest at a variable rate which as at 31 March 2019 2.52% and 2.78%

For the purpose of the Group’s capital management, capital includes issued capital, share options and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity holders of the parent. The primary

objective of the Group’s capital management is to maximise shareholder value. The Group complied with all externally imposed capital requirements during the period to which it is subject.

- 19 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Financial liabilities, interest-bearing loans and borrowings

As at 31 March 2019

Financial liabilities at

amortised cost

Financial

liabilities at

fair value

Total

NZ$NZ$ NZ$

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

(10,288,684)-

(10,288,684)

Derivative financial liabilities

-(423,005)

(423,005)

Finance lease liabilities

(51,025)

-

(51,025)

Bank loan

(16,867,733)-

(16,867,733)

Total financial liabilities

(27,207,442)(423,005)(27,630,447)

Total current

(13,084,919)

Total non current

(14,545,528)

Non-financial liabilities

(6,530,695)

Total liabilities

(34,161,142)

As at 31 March 2018

Financial liabilities at

amortised cost

Financial

liabilities at

fair value

Total

NZ$NZ$ NZ$

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

(10,039,716)

(10,039,716)

Derivative financial liabilities

(185,098)

(185,098)

Finance lease liabilities

(73,479)

(73,478)

Bank loan

(19,847,320)

(19,847,320)

Total financial liabilities

(29,960,515)(185,098)(30,145,612)

Total current

(12,632,573)

Total non current

(17,513,039)

Non-financial liabilities

(9,278,389)

Total liabilities

(39,424,001)

Effective interest

rate

20192018

Current interest bearing loans and liabilities

NZ$

NZ$

Obligations under finance leases 8 - 13%

01/04/19 - 31/03/20

(30,697)(54,414)

Bank loans

1.15% plus margin

(1.95% - 2.15%)

(2,923,660)(2,923,660)

Non-current interest bearing loans and liabilities

Obligations under finance leases 8 - 13%

01/04/20 - 20/10/20

(20,328)(19,064)

Bank loans

1.15% plus margin

(1.95% - 2.15%)

(13,944,073)(16,923,660)

Bank loans

MFB Group Limited (the Borrower) has entered into a Senior Facility Agreement comprising of a term loan facility.

Term loan facility

- 1.95% per annum for Tranche A

- 2.15% per annum for Tranche B

Fair value measurement

Liabilities measured at fair value Date of Valuation

Quoted prices in

active markets

Significant

observable

inputs

Significant

unobservable

inputs

NZ$NZ$NZ$

Derivative financial liabilities

31/03/2019(423,005)

Liquidity risk

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual payments

Period ended 31 March 2019

On demand Less than 3 months 3 to 12 months1 to 5 years

Total

NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$

NZ$

Trade and other payables

- (9,707,557)- (581,127)

(10,288,684)

Bank loan

- (750,000)(2,173,660)(13,944,073)

(16,867,733)

- (10,457,557)(2,173,660)(14,525,200)

(27,156,417)

Derivative financial liabilities are valued at mark to market

Interest rate comprises of the base rate (BKBM rate) plus a margin of:

The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2019:

Maturity

22/11/21

The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank overdrafts, bank loans, and finance leases. The Group assessed the

concentration of risk with respect to refinancing its debt and concluded it to be low. Access to sources of funding is sufficiently available.

On 22 November 2016 $25,600,000 was drawn down to fund the acquisition of My Food Bag Limited.

The term loan facility comprises of Tranche A and Tranche B to assist with funding the acquisition (including payment of the purchase price, refinancing any existing financial indebtedness of

the target and payment of the establishment fee), and for general commercial purposes. MFB have met all of its covenants requirements for the year ended 31 March 2019.

The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a liquidity planning tool.

22/11/21

MFB Group made repayments of $3,000,000 in the period ended 31 March 2019 (2018: $4,300,000) to bring the period end balance to $17,000,000 (2018: $20,000,000). Borrowing costs

have been capitalised to bank loans and amortised over the expected period of realisation.

The loan has general security in place, being a security interest in the personal property, and a fixed charge over the 'other property' (meaning real property, and anything that is not personal

property), of MFB Group Limited, and an expiry date of 22 November 2021.

- 20 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
14Related party transactions

Trading transactions

During the period, Group entities entered into the following trading transactions with related parties that are not members of the Group:

SalariesDirectors feesOther fees

Total

Total Receivable

at year end

NZ$NZ$NZ$

NZ$

J & C Robinson 191,153

45,000 225,000

461,153 58,023

T Gattung - 30,000 -

30,000 58,023

K Roberts - 30,000 -

30,000 16,118

C Marshall -

30,000

-

30,000 -

P Maud - 30,000 -

30,000 -

L Jenkins - 30,000 -

30,000 -

N Lim -

-

254,783

254,783 29,011

Total 191,153 195,000 479,783

865,936161,175

The following other shareholder contributions:

20192018

NZ$NZ$

The APL Holdings Trust

5,518,260

5,518,260

5,518,260

5,518,260

The Lim & Bagrie Family Trust

2,759,130

2,759,130

The Red Rose Trust

1,532,850

1,532,850

Waterman Fund 3LP

35,766,500

35,766,500

Total

51,095,000

51,095,000

The following amounts were paid to key management personnel of the Group during the financial period:

20192018

NZ$NZ$

2,188,640

1,018,030

Defined contribution expense

10,606

16,970

Share-based payment transactions

41,238

8,246

2,240,484

1,043,246

15Earnings per share (EPS)

20192018

NZ$NZ$

Basic earnings per share

Net profit attributable to shareholders ($)7,216,418 4,957,030

Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue100,000 100,000

Basic earnings per share ($)72.1649.57

Diluted earnings per share

Net profit attributable to shareholders ($)

7,216,418 4,957,030

Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue for diluted earnings per share104,675 100,400

Diluted earnings per share ($)68.94

49.37

Reconciliation of weighted average number of shares

Ordinary shares100,000 100,000

Adjustment for shares outstanding under the employee share scheme4,675 400

Number of shares used as the denominator in calculating diluted 104,675 100,400

Short term employee benefits

Total compensation paid to key management personnel

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

Details of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.

The Theresa Gattung Investment Trust

Other shareholder contributions from related parties are not interest bearing and are repayable on repayment date.

The other shareholder contributions have been classified as equity contributions as repayment is on mutual agreement of both the borrower and the lender (or else they are perpetual) and the

contributions are interest free. The other shareholder contributions carry no voting rights.

Compensation of key management personnel of the Group

- 21 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2019MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
16Operating cash flow reconciliation

20192018

NZ$NZ$

Net profit before taxation10,053,753

6,777,760

Adjustments for non-cash items:

Depreciation on property plant & equipment 614,151573,515

Amortisation on intangible assets1,670,1472,705,515

Capitalised debt costs amortised33,677

76,340

Gain / loss on sale of property, plant & equipment 36,137227,793

Non cash write offs and capitalisation of software

389,274208,758

Derivative financial instruments 237,907237,841

Share based payment expense41,2388,246

Changes in assets and liabilities

Increase / decrease in Trade and other receivables(50,436)(604,861)

Increase / decrease in Packaging250,230458,841

Increase / decrease in Raw materials work in progress687,292619,111

Increase / decrease in Other current assets41,063174,966

Increase / decrease in Prepayments123,325(203,765)

Increase / decrease in Trade and other payables248,968814,646

Increase / decrease in Deferred revenue(1,898,568)(528,842)

Increase / decrease in Other liabilities15,68380,886

Income tax paid (3,239,836)(2,396,551)

Foreign tax paid

--

Costs recognised as financing cash flows

--

Positive net cash flows from operating activities9,254,0069,230,197

17

Restatement of comparative period

The errors have been corrected by restating each of the affected financial statement line items for the periods, as follows:

Impact on equity (increase/(decrease) in equity)2018

$

Packaging

(327,278)

Property, plant and equipment

(208,758)

Total Assets

(536,036)

Trade and other payables- Current

(544,749)

Trade and other payables - Non Current

(570,315)

Current tax liability

302,620

Deferred tax liability

159,689

Total liabilities

(652,755)

Net impact on equity

(1,188,791)

Impact on the statement of profit or loss (increase/(decrease) in profit)

2018

$

Cost of sales872,027

Indirect expenses779,073

Income tax expense

(462,308)

Net impact on profit for the year1,188,792

Impact on basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) (increase/(decrease) in EPS)31-Mar-18

Earnings per share

(11.9)

Basic, profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

(1,188,793)

18Contingent liabilities

The Group has no contingent liabilities (2018:NIL)

19Capital commitments

The Group has capital commitments of $1,015k (2018:NIL)

20Events after the reporting date

21Approval of financial statements

The 2018 comparatives have been restated to reflect the work undertaken during 2019 as part of building the foundations in preparation for an ERP implementation. In the

year ended 31 March 2018 My Food Bag

- Made a business decision to move away from Chilltainers and not continue to use the Dexion warehousing system as intended. These decisions led to fixed assets and

inventory balances being overstated as the impairment was not recognised at 31 March 2018.

- Incorrectly recorded merchant fees net of GST.

- Did not account for lease incentives given inline with NZ IAS 17 Leases.

As a consequence expenses were understated for the year ended 31 March 2018.

The financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 20 June 2019.

The reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operations is as follows:

On the 20th June 2019 the board approved a dividend of $1,500,000

- 22 -

---

As at 31 March 2020
Nature of business:e-Commerce business with direct to consumer service for food and other household needs

Registered Office:Level 34

48 Shortland Street

Auckland 1010

Directors:Cecilia Robinson

Christopher Marshall

James Robinson

Kevin Roberts

Lance Jenkins

Philip Maud

Theresa Gattung

Shareholders:Waterman Fund 3 LP70,000shares

Theresa Gattung and Philippa Greenwood10,800shares

James Robinson, Cecilia Robinson and Heimsath Alexander Trustee Limited10,800shares

JKA Holdings Limited, Carlos Bagrie, Nadia Lim and Covisory Trust Limited5,400shares

Kevin Roberts, Neville Goldie and Colin McEwan3,000shares

Bankers:Bank of New Zealand and ASB Bank

Auditors:Ernst & Young

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries

Business Directory

- 1 -

---
MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries

Financial Statements 31 March 2020

Statutory Information

For tho year ended 31 March 2020

The Directors present the Annual Report, Including the Financial Statements for the �ar ended 31 Ma rch 2020.

Due 10 agreement by the sh•eholders. the Company has elected to appfy al disclosure e>emplfons per section 211 (3) ct the Companies Act 1993.

For and on behalf of the Board who authorise the issue of this financial repon on 4 June 2020.

-2-

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited



- 3 -


Independent auditor’s report to the Shareholders of MFB Group Limited

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of MFB Group Limited (“the Company”) and its subsidiary

(together “the Group”) on pages 5 to 21, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial

position of the Group as at 31 March 2020, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income,

consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year

then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including statement

of accounting policies.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 5 to 21 present fairly, in all material

respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2020 and its consolidated

financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand

Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting

Standards.

This report is made solely to the Company's shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken

so that we might state to the Company's shareholders those matters we are required to state to them

in an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not

accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company's shareholders,

as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Our

responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the

Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report.

We are independent of the Company and Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard

1 (revised) Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners issued by the New Zealand Auditing and

Assurance Standards Board, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with

these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis

for our opinion.

Other than in our capacity as auditor we have no relationship with, or interest in, the Company or its

subsidiary. Partners and employees of our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the

ordinary course of trading activities of the business of the Group.

Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the Annual Report, which includes information other

than the consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do

not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the

other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent

with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit, or otherwise

appears to be materially misstated.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited



- 4 -


If, based upon the work we have performed on the other information obtained prior to the date of this

auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are

required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements

The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of

the consolidated financial statements in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International

Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal

control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial

statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing on

behalf of the entity the Group's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,

matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors

either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial

statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to

issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,

but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing

(New Zealand) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from

fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably

be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated

financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements is

located at the External Reporting Board website: https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-

practitioners/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-7/. This description forms part of our auditor’s

report.




Chartered Accountants

Auckland

4 June 2020

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 March 2020

Note20202019

NZ$NZ$

Assets

Current

138,336,744

2,952,532

4, 131,536,645

1,126,294

764,922

265,214

342,835

228,304

289,992

232,327

-

54,436

Current Finance lease receivable47,153

-

Total current assets

11,318,2914,859,107

Non-current

53,139,953

3,502,000

6

85,296,804

84,127,105

Finance lease receivable359,668

-

Right-of-use assets99,533,958

-

98,330,383

87,629,105

Total assets109,648,674

92,488,212

Liabilities

Current

Trade and other payables

8(11,388,242)

(9,707,557)

Deferred revenue

(5,078,266)

(349,221)

-

(30,697)

9

(1,092,975)

-

Derivative financial liabilities13

(497,097)

(423,005)

Other current liabilities

(888,101)

(866,152)

13-

(2,923,660)

Current tax liability

(1,585,331)

(511,195)

(20,530,012)(14,811,487)

Non-current

Trade and other payables8-

(581,127)

Finance lease liabilities -

(20,328)

Lease liabilities

9(9,769,096)

-

Bank loan13(16,918,933)

(13,944,073)

Deferred tax liability3

(4,207,940)

(4,804,127)

(30,895,969)

(19,349,655)

Total liabilities(51,425,981)(34,161,142)

Net assets58,222,693

58,327,070

Equity

Share capital

101,000,000

1,000,000

Retained earnings

5,769,073

6,146,497

Other shareholder contributions

1451,095,00051,095,000

Share based payment reserve

11358,62085,573

Total equity 58,222,693

58,327,070

0

This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 21

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Raw materials work in progress

Packaging

Prepayments

Other current assets

Total current liabilities

Bank loan

Finance lease liabilities

Property, plant and equipment

Total non-current assets

Intangible assets

Total non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

- 5 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 March 2020

Year endedYear ended

Note20202019

NZ$NZ$

Income1153,301,014

155,956,974

Cost of sales

(119,409,952)

(121,649,286)

Gross profit

33,891,06234,307,688

Marketing expenses(4,966,129)

(7,284,297)

Financing expenses

(1,356,438)

(1,165,692)

Indirect expenses2(16,148,993)

(15,915,785)

Other income1109,791

153,077

Share based payment expense

11

(273,047)

(41,238)

Net profit for the year - before tax

11,256,24610,053,753

Income tax expense3(3,075,759)

(2,837,335)

Net profit for the year - after tax

8,180,4877,216,418

Total comprehensive income for the year 8,180,4877,216,418

Earnings per share

Basic profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent81.80 72.16

Diluted profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity shareholders of the parent77.64 69.53

This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 21

- 6 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 March 2020

Note

Share capital

Other

shareholder

contributions

Retained

earnings

Share based

payment

valuation

reserve

Total equity

NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$

Balance at 1 April 2019

1,000,00051,095,0006,146,49785,57358,327,070

Effect of adoption of new accounting standards

--

(157,153)-(157,153)

Profit for the period

--8,180,487-8,180,487

Total comprehensive income for the year

--8,023,334-8,023,334

Cash dividends

--

(8,400,758)

-(8,400,758)

Share based payment expense

---273,047273,047

Balance at 31 March 2020

1,000,00051,095,0005,769,073358,62058,222,693

Balance at 1 April 2018

1,000,00051,095,0002,724,04544,33554,863,380

Effect of adoption of new accounting standards

--(220,303)

-

(220,303)

Restated balance 1 April 2018

1,000,00051,095,0002,503,74244,33554,643,077

Profit for the period

--7,216,418-7,216,418

Total comprehensive income for the year

--7,216,418-

7,216,418

Cash dividends

--(3,573,663)-(3,573,663)

Share based payment expense

---41,23841,238

Balance at 31 March 2019

1,000,00051,095,0006,146,497

85,573

58,327,070

This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 21

- 7 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 March 2020

Year endedYear ended

Note20202019

NZ$NZ$

Operating activities

Cash was provided from:

Receipts from customers

157,526,340154,161,056

Interest received40,620

41,055

Proceeds from insurance21,559

-

Cash was disbursed to:

Payments to suppliers and employees

(134,698,569)

(140,368,973)

Salaries paid to related parties

-

(416,153)

Tax paid(2,406,272)

(3,239,837)

Interest paid

(818,681)

(923,142)

Interest payments on leases(463,662)-

Net cash flows from operating activities

19,201,335

9,254,006

Investing activities

Cash was provided from:

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

12,794-

Cash was applied to:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

(481,976)(458,412)

Payments for development of digital assets

(3,171,717)(870,735)

Net cash flows from investing activities

(3,640,899)

(1,329,147)

Financing activities

Cash was applied to:

Dividends paid(8,400,758)

(3,573,663)

Principal payments on leases(1,775,467)(22,453)

Repayment of borrowings -

(3,013,264)

Net cash flows from financing activities

(10,176,225)

(6,609,380)

Net increase / (decrease) in cash flows5,384,211

1,315,479

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period2,952,532

1,637,053

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

8,336,744

2,952,532

This statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements on pages 9 - 21

- 8 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Statement of Accounting Policies

Corporate information

Statement of compliance and reporting framework

Basis of preparation

Basis of consolidation

Business combinations and goodwill

Revenue recognition

MFB Group Limited & My Food Bag Limited ("the Group") the company and subsidiaries are incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand under the New Zealand Companies Act 1993. The

Group is engaged in e-Commerce with direct to consumer service for food and other household needs.

The financial statements of the Group are for the year ended 31 March 2020. The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 4 June 2020.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (NZ GAAP) and the requirements of the Companies Act

1993. For the purposes of complying with NZ GAAP, the Company is a for-profit entity.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS), and International Financial Reporting

Standards (IFRS).

The financial statements have been specifically prepared for the purposes of meeting the Group’s external reporting obligations.

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods are transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be

entitled in exchange for those goods. The Group has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements.

Revenue from sale of goods is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer, generally on delivery. Cash is normally received in advance of delivery.

Where cash is received during the period in advance of delivery,which is after year end, the balance is recognised as deferred revenue.

The Group considers there are no other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated. In determining

the transaction price for the sale of goods, the Group considers there is no variable or non cash consideration and no significant financing component exists.

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, which is measured at

acquisition date fair value.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms,

economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for non-controlling interests and any previous interest

held over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed). If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group re-

assesses whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the

acquisition date. If the reassessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in profit or loss.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the

acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are

assigned to those units.

Where goodwill has been allocated to a cash-generating unit (CGU) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the disposed operation is included in

the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed in these circumstances is measured based on the relative values of the disposed

operation and the portion of CGU retained.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except where identified in the accounting policies below. The Group’s consolidated financial statements

are presented in New Zealand dollars, which is also the parent company’s functional currency. The financial statements have been rounded to 0 decimal places.

The financial statements have been prepared using the going concern assumption. The Group has a negative current ratio of -0.55:1. Therefore, whilst the net negative current ratio

indicates uncertainty in relation to the going concern assumption, the Group has prepared forecasts which indicate that cash on hand, combined with cash flow as a result of operations will

enable the Group to continue operating and satisfy its going concern and solvency requirements.

Accordingly, the Directors believe the going concern assumption is valid and have reached this conclusion having regard to the circumstances which they consider likely to affect the Group

during the period of one year from the date these financials are approved.

The financial statements comprise of the financial statements of the Group and its subsidiaries as at 31 March 2020. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control is achieved

when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Specifically,

the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has:

• Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee);

• Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

• The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

- 9 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Current tax

Deferred tax

Current and deferred tax for the period

Goods and services tax

Property, plant and equipment

The following depreciation rates have been used:

- Motor vehicles21%-25%Straight line

- Plant and machinery 10% - 67% Straight line

- Furniture, fittings and equipment8% - 67%

Straight line

- Computers

50%Straight line

All assets were moved to the straight line depreciation method during the financial year.

Plant, property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

Depreciation is recognised so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful lives, using the straight line method. The estimated useful lives, residual

values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

Right of use assets are depreciated over the term of the lease. However, when there is no reasonable certainty that ownership will be obtained by the end of the lease term, assets are

depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss

arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is

recognised in profit or loss.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in

the computation of taxable profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it

is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the

temporary difference arises from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting

profit.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available

to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates (and tax laws)

that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to

recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the period. Taxable profit differs from ‘profit before tax’ as reported in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income because of

items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group's current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been

enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax

regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

For the purposes of considering whether there has been any impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash inflows that are largely independent of

the cash flows of other groups of assets. When the book value of a group of assets exceeds the recoverable amount an impairment loss arises and is recognised in earnings immediately.

Revenue, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST) except:

• where the amount of GST incurred is not recovered from the taxation authority, it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; or

• for receivables and payables which are recognised inclusive of GST. (The net amount of GST recoverable from or payable to the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or

payables).

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities

relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Current and deferred tax are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, except when they relate to items that are recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity,

in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial

accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

- 10 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Intangible assets

Computer software

Computer software licences and development costs recognised as assets are amortised on a straight line basis at the rates below:

- Software14 - 50 %Straight line

Brands

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortised, but tested for impairment at least annually.

Finite life intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination

Packaging

Packaging is stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value.

Raw materials and work in progress

Raw materials work in progress is stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value.

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when a Group entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities

(other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate,

on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognised immediately in profit or

loss.

The Group’s financial assets are classified, at initial recognition and subsequently measured at amortised cost. The Group measures financial assets at amortised cost if both of the following

conditions are met:

• The financial asset is held with the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

• The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding

The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost includes trade receivables.

Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest (EIR) method and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when

the asset is derecognised, modified or impaired.

For trade receivables, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based

on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the

debtors and the economic environment.

The Group does not measure any assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (OCI) or fair value through profit or loss.

Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging

instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.


All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans and borrowings including bank loans, and derivative financial instruments.

The subsequent measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification, as described below:

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships

as defined by NZ IFRS 9.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate risks. Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the

date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is

positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

All potential intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they satisfy the definition of an intangible asset and their fair

value can be measured reliably.

Costs that are directly associated with the development of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group that will generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond one

year, are recognised as intangible assets. Costs are capitalised in accordance with IAS 38. Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an expense

when incurred.

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is recorded as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the

consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets recognised.

Finite life intangible assets represent customer relationships acquired in a business combination and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment

losses. Amortisation is recognised on a straight line basis, to appropriately reflect the reduction in value of the intangible over its deemed useful life of 2 years.

Brands for which relevant factors indicate that there is no limit to the foreseeable net cash flows are considered to have an indefinite useful life and are held at cost and are not amortised but

are subject to an annual impairment test. Brands are considered to have an indefinite useful life as there are no factors which indicate that there is a limit on their capacity to generate

foreseeable cash flows.

- 11 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Other shareholder contributions

Fair value

Cash and short term deposits

Employee entitlements

All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level

input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

· In the principal market for the asset or liability; or

For the purposes of fair value disclosures, the Group has determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level

of the fair value hierarchy, as explained above.













The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable

inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.

The other shareholder contributions are classified as equity in accordance with the terms of the shareholder loan mutual agreement and are measured at fair value, as they do not attract

interest or have fixed repayments.

The Group measures financial instruments such as derivatives at fair value at each balance sheet date.

· In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

The principal of the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Group.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their

economic best interest.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value

measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

Cash and short-term deposits in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and on hand and short-term deposits with a maturity of three months or less, which are subject to

an insignificant risk of changes in value.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it

to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.

· Level 2 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable; and

· Level 3 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between Levels in the hierarchy by re-

assessing categorisation (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

· Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Loans and borrowings

After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the

liabilities are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance

costs in the statement of profit or loss.

This category generally applies to interest-bearing loans and borrowings

A liability for annual leave is accrued and recognised in the consolidated balance sheet. The liability is equal to the present value of the estimated future cash outflows as a result of employee

services provided at balance date. Provisions are classified as non-current only if the Group has a legal entitlement not to make payment within a 12-month period, to the employee to whom

the obligation has been accrued. Provisions made in respect of employee benefits expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at their nominal values using the remuneration rate

expected to apply at the time of settlement. Provisions made in respect of employee benefits that are not expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at the present value of the

estimated future cash outflows to be made by the Group in respect of services provided up to the reporting date.

- 12 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Statement of cash flow

Share-based payments

Equity-settled transactions

Key sources of estimation uncertainty and key judgements

Key sources of estimation uncertainty and key judgements include:

Change in accounting policies

Impact on the consolidated statement of financial position:

1-Apr-19

NZ$

Assets

Right of use assets

10,701,723

Other current assets

53,735

Other lease assets

518,840

Net deferred tax

61,115

Total assets

11,335,413

Equity

Retained earnings

157,153

Total equity

157,153

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

581,127

Other lease liabilities

(1,258,988)

Lease liabilities

(10,865,730)

Total liabilities

(11,543,590)

Standards issued but not yet effective

NZ IFRS 16.1

Lessor accounting under NZ IFRS 16 is substantially unchanged from NZ IAS 17. Lessors will continue to classify leases as either operating or finance leases using similar principles as in

NZ IAS 17. Therefore, NZ IFRS 16 does not have an impact for leases where the Group is the lessor.

- Determining the fair value of share based payments made requires management to exercise their judgement as to the fair value and vesting probability of the relevant instruments issued

(refer note 11).

- The assessment of impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles. The Group determines whether goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are impaired at least on an annual basis. This

requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating units to which the goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are allocated. The assumptions used in this estimation of

recoverable amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are discussed in these notes to the accounts. An impairment assessment of goodwill and brands has

been conducted in the current period. Management have determined that there is no impairment of the cash generating unit containing goodwill and brands (refer note 6). Determining the

recoverable amounts of goodwill and intangible assets requires the estimation of the effects of uncertain future events at balance date. These estimates involve assumptions about risk

assessment to cash flows or discount rates used, future changes in salaries and future changes in price affecting other costs. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are

based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be measurable under the circumstances.

Service and non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as

part of the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value. Any other conditions

attached to an award, but without an associated service requirement, are considered to be non-vesting conditions. Non-vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value of an award and lead

to an immediate expensing of an award unless there are also service and/or performance conditions.

- Financing activities are those activities relating to changes in the equity and debt capital structure of the Group and those activities relating to the cost of servicing the Group’s equity capital.

The statement of cash flow is prepared exclusive of GST, which is consistent with the method used in the income statement.

Definition of terms used in the statement of cash flow:

- Operating activities include all transactions and other events that are not investing or financing activities.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest because non-market performance and/or service conditions have not been met. Where awards include a market or non-

vesting condition, the transactions are treated as vested irrespective of whether the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions

are satisfied.

When the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the grant date fair value of the unmodified award, provided the original terms of the award are

met. An additional expense, measured as at the date of modification, is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment transaction, or is

otherwise beneficial to the employee. Where an award is cancelled by the entity or by the counterparty, any remaining element of the fair value of the award is expensed immediately through

profit or loss.

- Investing activities are those activities relating to the acquisition and disposal of current and non-current investments and any other non-current assets.

NZ IFRS 16

NZ IFRS 16 supersedes NZ IAS 17 Leases, NZ IFRIC 4 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease, NZ SIC-15 Operating Leases-Incentives and NZ SIC-27 Evaluating the

Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a Lease. The standard sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases and requires

lessees to recognise most leases on the balance sheet.

NZ IFRS 16.62

The Group adopted NZ IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective method of adoption, with the date of initial application of 1 April 2019. The Group elected to use the transition practical

expedient to not reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at 1 April 2019. Instead, the Group applied the standard only to contracts that were previously identified as leases

applying NZ IAS 17 and NZ IFRIC 4 at the date of initial application. The Group also elected to use the recognition exemptions for lease contracts that, at the commencement date, have a

lease term of 12 months or less and do not contain a purchase option (short-term leases), and lease contracts for which the underlying asset is of low value (low-value assets).

There are no new standards and interpretations that have been issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of the Group's financial

statements.

Judgements made by management in the application of NZ IFRS that have significant effects on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustments in the

next year are disclosed, where applicable, in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

From time to time senior executive and management personnel of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments and render services as consideration for equity

instruments (equity-settled transactions).

The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by the fair value at the date when the grant is made using an appropriate valuation model, further details of which are given in note 11.

The cost is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, together with a corresponding increase in equity (share-based payment reserve), over the period in which service and,

where applicable, the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period). The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date

reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit in the statement of

comprehensive income for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of the period.

- 13 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements

Year endedYear ended

1Income

20202019

NZ$NZ$

Contracts with customers

153,301,014

155,956,974

Total income

153,301,014155,956,974

Dividend income

- 405

Interest income

40,620

41,055

Other income

56,377 111,617

Gain on disposal of plant, property and equipment

12,794 -

Total other income

109,791 153,077

2Expenses

Profit before income tax has been arrived at after charging the following expenses and losses from operations:

Year endedYear ended

20202019

NZ$NZ$

Staff expenses

Salaries and wages

(10,900,836)

(11,090,381)

Defined contribution

(233,659)(219,755)

Interest expense

(1,282,346)(923,142)

IT expenses

(1,632,388)(1,214,798)

Fair value of derivatives

(74,093)(238,476)

Amortisation expense on intangible assets6

(2,072,515)(1,670,147)

Depreciation expense on property, plant and equipment5

(844,022)(614,151)

Depreciation expenses on right of use assets9

(1,395,263)-

Loss on disposal of plant, property and equipment

-(36,137)

Fees paid to Ernst & Young:

Audit fees paid to Ernst & Young

(73,950)(63,000)

Year endedYear ended

3Taxation

20202019

NZ$NZ$

Current period

3,670,4933,125,483

Adjustments for prior periods

(59,662)(47,481)

Current tax expense

3,610,8313,078,002

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

(541,398)(240,667)

Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses

6,326-

Deferred tax expense (income)

(535,072)(240,667)

Total income tax expense

3,075,7592,837,335

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Profit before tax

11,256,24610,053,753

Income tax using the Company tax rate 28%

3,151,7492,815,051

(Under) / over provided in prior years

(59,662)(47,481)

Non-deductible expenses

(16,328)69,765

Income tax expense

3,075,7592,837,335

Deferred Income tax

As at 1 April

(4,804,127)(5,044,794)

Impact of IFRS 16 adoption to Retained Earnings

61,115

-

(Under) / over provided in prior years

(6,326)-

Charge / (credit) to statement of comprehensive income

541,398240,667

As at 31 March

(4,207,940)(4,804,127)

Leases and Right of

use Assets

Fixed assetsDerivativesIntangiblesProvisionsTax losses

Total

As at 1 April 2019

-62,037118,441(5,448,353)457,7306,018

(4,804,127)

Credited / (charged) to the statement of profit or

loss

253,296135,04020,746308,259(221,567)-495,774

Credited / (charged) to Equity *

------100,413

Deferred tax as at 31 March 2020

253,296197,077139,187(5,140,096)236,1636,018

(4,207,940)

As at 1 April 2018

--51,827(5,756,609)653,9706,018

(5,044,794)

Credited / (charged) to the statement of profit or

loss

-62,03766,614308,256(196,240)-240,667

Deferred tax as at 31 March 2019

-62,037118,441(5,448,353)457,7306,018

(4,804,127)

* Deferred tax on Share options

Imputation credit account through shareholdings

20202019

Imputation credits / (debits) at end of year

2,071,9963,133,525

The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the tax rate applicable in New Zealand as follows:

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit

through the future taxable profits is probable.

The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the period, without taking into consideration the offsetting balances

within the same tax jurisdiction is as follows:

- 14 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
4Trade Receivables

20202019

NZ$NZ$

Trade receivables

134,621142,532

Estimated credit loss for trade receivables

(41,163)(85,522)

Sundry debtors

1,443,1871,058,347

Other receivables

- 10,937

Trade and other receivables

1,536,6451,126,294

5Property, plant and equipment

Motor vehicles

Plant &

machinery

Furniture,

Fittings and

Equipment

Fit-out WIP Computers Total

NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$ NZ$

Year ended 31 March 2020

Balance as at 1 April 2019370,5772,316,9831,751,7612,380368,8294,810,530

Additions47,429246,24877,743-110,556481,976

Transfers-2,380-(2,380)-

Disposals--(5,543)-(4,069)(9,612)

Balance as at 31 March 2020

418,0062,565,6111,823,961-475,3165,282,894

Accumulated depreciation

Balance as at 1 April 2019(183,177)(387,146)(500,709)-(237,498)(1,308,530)

Depreciation eliminated on disposal of assets--5,543-4,0699,611

Depreciation charge(68,843)(359,352)(275,112)-(140,715)(844,022)

Balance as at 31 March 2020

(252,020)(746,498)(770,278)-(374,144)(2,142,941)

Net book value as at 31 March 2020

165,9861,819,1131,053,683-101,1723,139,953

Year ended 31 March 2019

Balance as at 1 April 2018341,2312,114,3381,695,6272,380271,206 4,424,782

Additions59,346217,77779,163-102,125

458,411

Disposals(30,000)(15,132)(23,029)-(4,502)(72,663)

Balance as at 31 March 2019

370,5772,316,9831,751,7612,380368,8294,810,530

Accumulated depreciation

Balance as at 1 April 2018(146,460)(151,754)(293,614)-(139,078)(730,906)

Depreciation eliminated on disposal of assets15,3529,58410,090-1,50136,527

Depreciation charge(52,069)(244,976)(217,185)-(99,921)(614,151)

Balance as at 31 March 2019

(183,177)(387,146)(500,709)-(237,498)(1,308,530)

Net book value as at 31 March 2019

187,4001,929,8371,251,0522,380131,3313,502,000

6Intangible assets

Software

Software work

in progress

Goodwill

Customer

relationships

Brand Total

NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$ NZ$

Year ended 31 March 2020

Cost or valuation

Balance as at 1 April 20191,393,552477,87663,539,1065,261,03518,357,48489,029,053

Additions for the year

52,8073,118,91091,846--3,263,563

Transfers1,874,693(1,874,693)-

Disposals(64,710)----(64,710)

Balance as at 31 March 2020

3,256,3421,722,09363,630,9525,261,03518,357,48492,227,906

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Balance as at 1 April 2019(741,829)--(4,160,119)-(4,901,948)

Amortisation eliminated on disposal of asset43,361----43,361

Amortisation charge(971,599)--(1,100,916)-(2,072,515)

Balance as at 31 March 2020

(1,670,067)--(5,261,035)-(6,931,102)

Book value as at 31 March 20201,586,2751,722,09363,630,952-18,357,484

85,296,804

Year ended 31 March 2019

Cost or valuation

Balance as at 1 April 20181,755,24673,77563,792,1265,261,03518,357,48489,239,666

Additions for the year466,633404,101---870,734

Disposals(828,327)-(253,020)--(1,081,347)

Balance as at 31 March 2019

1,393,552477,87663,539,1065,261,03518,357,48489,029,053

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Balance as at 1 April 2018(864,671)--(3,059,203)-(3,923,874)

Amortisation eliminated on disposal of asset692,073----692,073

Amortisation charge(569,231)--(1,100,916)-(1,670,147)

Balance as at 31 March 2019

(741,829)--(4,160,119)-(4,901,948)

Book value as at 31 March 2019651,723477,87663,539,1061,100,91618,357,48484,127,105

· Projected cash flows, in particular the underlying growth rates supporting this which have been based on historical data and current market information;

· Post-tax discount rates to reflect the Group's estimate of the time value of money and risks associated with the CGU. In determining the appropriate discount rate, consideration has been

given to the estimated weighted average cost of capital ("WACC") of 8.6%.

The Group has assessed brand assets as having an indefinite useful life. In coming to this conclusion, management considered expected expansion of the usage of the brands across other

products and markets, the typical customer lifecycle of these assets, the stability of the industry in which the brands are operating, the level of maintenance expenditure required and the

period of legal control over the brands. During the current period, management has determined that there is no impairment of any of the brands. The Group has determined that the

assessment of any potential impairment of goodwill is most sensitive to changes in the following assumptions:

There is only one cash generating unit. The cash generating unit has been valued on a Value in Use basis using a discounted cash flow model.

- 15 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
7Subsidiaries

My Food Bag Group comprises the following entities which are incorporated in New Zealand:

Interest held

My Food Bag Limited

100%

8Trade and other payables

20202019

Current liabilities

NZ$NZ$

Trade payables

(9,979,276)(6,845,420)

Credit cards

(43,621)(49,689)

GST payable

(657,418)(913,262)

Accrued expenses

(707,927)

(1,899,186)

Current trade and other payables

(11,388,242)(9,707,557)

Non Current liabilities

Accrued expenses

-(581,127)

Non Current trade and other payables

-(581,127)

9Leases

Property Motor vehicles Plant & Total

NZ$ NZ$ NZ$

NZ$

As at 1 April 2019

Balance as at 1 April 201910,192,81158,315450,59710,701,723

Additions/ Increases187,531-39,967227,498

Depreciation expense(1,189,851)(44,299)(161,113)

(1,395,263)

Balance as at 31 March 2020

9,190,49114,016329,4519,533,958

NZ$

As at 1 April12,124,718

Additions233,482

Accretion of interest463,662

Payments(1,775,467)

Subleases(184,324)

As at 31 March 2020

10,862,071

Current1,092,975

Non-current9,769,096

2020

NZ$

Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets

1,395,263

Interest expense on lease liabilities

463,662

Total amount recognised in profit or loss

1,858,925

NZ$

Operating lease commitments as at 31 March 2019

13,326,641

Operating expenses not included under NZ IFRS 16

(228,867)

Difference in accounting treatment

21,230

Weighted average incremental borrowing rate as at 1 April 2019

4%

Discounted operating lease commitments as at 1 April 2019

10,483,512

Lease payments relating to renewal periods not included in operating lease commitments

1,620,878

Lease liabilities as at 1 April 2019

12,104,390

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities is 4%.

MFB Group has applied a single discount rate to the portfolio of lease as thy have similar characteristics and are in a similar economic environment.

10Issued capital and reserves

NZ$NumberNZ$Number

Fully paid ordinary shares

1,000,000100,0001,000,000100,000

The ordinary shares have no par value

2020

The Group had total cash outflows for leases of $1,775,467 in 2020. The Group also had non-cash additions to right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of $227,000 in

2020.

Issued capital and reserves compromises:

Each fully paid ordinary share confers on the holder one vote at a meeting of the company, a share in distributions approved by the Directors, and a share in the distribution of the surplus

assets of the company on dissolution.

The Group also has certain leases of machinery and with lease terms of 12 months or less and leases of office equipment with low value. The Group applies the ‘short-

term lease’ and ‘lease of low-value assets’ recognition exemptions for these leases.

Set out below are the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets recognised and the movements during the period:

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities (included under interest-bearing loans and borrowings) and the movements during the period:

The following are the amounts recognised in profit or loss:

The lease liabilities as at 1 April 2019 can be reconciled to the operating lease commitments as of 31 March 2019, as follows:

2019

The Group has lease contracts for property and various items of plant, machinery, vehicles and other equipment used in its operations. Leases of property have lease

terms between 3 and 9 years, while plant, machinery, vehicles and other equipment generally have lease terms between 3 and 5 years. The Group’s obligations under its

leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Generally, the Group is restricted from assigning and subleasing the leased assets. There are several lease

contracts that include extension and termination options, which is further discussed below.

- 16 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
11Share option schemes

Other capital reserves

20202019

NZ$NZ$

As at 1 April

85,573

44,335

Changes during the period

273,04741,238

As at 31 March

358,62085,573

Nature and purpose of reserves

Fair value

20202019

Fair value of equity share optionsOptionsNZ$NZ$

Opening value4,200396,674118,790

Granted on 1 August 2017200--

Forfeited on 22 December 2017(4,000)-(84,850)

Granted on 4 April 2018125-

10,606

Granted on 7 June 2018

2,000-169,700

Granted 26 November 20181,000-84,850

Forfeited on 18 December 2018(200)-(16,970)

Granted on 3 December 2018850

-72,123

Granted on 24 February 2019500-42,425

Granted on 20 June 2019825266,591-

5,500663,265396,674

The fair value of the share options were estimated on the grant date, based on a valuation methodology having regard to the company value at grant date, expiry date of the options, exercise

price, risk free interest rate, volatility and dividend yield.

The method was chosen on the basis that it provides the most appropriate assessment of the fair value.

The share options have been valued using a simulation model assuming that the share prices are lognormally distributed. The future value is discounted back to present value at the risk-

free rate, as the equity risk has been accounted for via the simulation modelling.

All other reserves are as stated in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

The Group has a share option scheme under which options to subscribe for the Group’s shares have been granted to certain executives and senior employees. The options convert to

ordinary shares.

This is an equity settled share scheme.

The share-based payment valuation reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to employees, including key management personnel, as part of

their remuneration.

- 17 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
12Capital management

13Financial instruments

As at 31 March 2020

Financial loans and

receivables at

amortised cost

Financial

assets at fair

value

Total

NZ$NZ$ NZ$

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

8,336,744-

8,336,744

Trade receivables

1,536,645

-1,536,645

Total financial assets

9,873,389-9,873,389

Non-financial assets

99,775,285

Total assets

109,648,674

As at 31 March 2019

Financial loans and

receivables at

amortised cost

Financial

assets at fair

value

Total

NZ$NZ$ NZ$

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

2,952,532-

2,952,532

Trade receivables

1,126,294-1,126,294

Total financial assets

4,078,826-4,078,826

Non-financial assets

88,409,386

Total assets

92,488,212

Derivative financial liabilities fair value

Deal DateMaturity DateInterest Rate Notional Amount Pay FrequencyFair Value

Interest Rate Swaps

25/11/201630-09-211.34%15,000,000$ Quarter(497,097)$

Interest rate sensitivity

20202019

Increase / decrease

in basis points

Effect on profit

before tax

Effect on profit

before tax

NZD$

+10(478,024)$ 388,194

NZD$

-10(516,208)$

(457,917)

The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax as there are no concentrations of credit risk.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on that portion of loans and borrowings. The Group's profit before tax is affected through the

impact on floating rate borrowings, as follows:

The group enters into interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate risk on the bank loan.

As at 31 March 2020, the Group had an interest rate swap agreement in place for a total notional amount of $15,000,000 whereby the Group receives a fixed rate of interest of 2.785% and

pays interest at a variable rate which as at 31 March 2020 is 1.34%.

For the purpose of the Group’s capital management, capital includes issued capital, share options and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity holders of the parent. The primary

objective of the Group’s capital management is to maximise shareholder value. The Group complied with all externally imposed capital requirements during the period to which it is subject.

The assumed movement in basis points for the interest rate sensitivity analysis is based on the currently observable market environment.

- 18 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
Financial liabilities, interest-bearing loans and borrowings

As at 31 March 2020

Financial liabilities at

amortised cost

Financial

liabilities at

fair value

Total

NZ$NZ$ NZ$

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

(11,388,242)-

(11,388,242)

Derivative financial liabilities

-(497,097)

(497,097)

Finance lease liabilities

(9,769,096)

-

(9,769,096)

Bank loan

(16,918,933)-

(16,918,933)

Total financial liabilities

(38,076,271)(497,097)(38,573,368)

Total current

(11,885,339)

Total non current

(26,688,029)

Non-financial liabilities

(12,852,613)

Total liabilities

(51,425,981)

As at 31 March 2019

Financial liabilities at

amortised cost

Financial

liabilities at

fair value

Total

NZ$NZ$ NZ$

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

(10,288,684)

(10,288,684)

Derivative financial liabilities

-

(423,005)

(423,005)

Finance lease liabilities

(51,025)

(51,025)

Bank loan

(16,867,733)

(16,867,733)

Total financial liabilities

(27,207,442)(423,005)27,630,447

Total current

(13,084,919)

Total non current

(14,545,528)

Non-financial liabilities

6,530,695

Total liabilities

34,161,142

Effective interest

rate

20202019

Current interest bearing loans and liabilities

NZ$

NZ$

Obligations under leases 4 - 8%

01/04/20 - 31/03/21

- -

Bank loans

1.35% plus margin

(1.95% - 2.15%)

- (2,923,660)

Non-current interest bearing loans and liabilities

Obligations under leases 4 - 8%

01/04/20 - 31/03/2029

(13,326,641)-

Bank loans

1.34% plus margin

(1.95% - 2.15%)

(16,918,933)(13,944,073)

Bank loans

MFB Group Limited (the Borrower) has entered into a Senior Facility Agreement comprising of a term loan facility.

Term loan facility

- 1.95% per annum for Tranche A

- 2.15% per annum for Tranche B


Fair value measurement

Liabilities measured at fair value Date of Valuation

Quoted prices in

active markets

Significant

observable

inputs

Significant

unobservable

inputs

NZ$NZ$NZ$

Derivative financial liabilities

31/03/2020(497,097)

Liquidity risk

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual payments

Period ended 31 March 2020

On demand Less than 3 months 3 to 12 months1 to 5 years

Total

NZ$NZ$NZ$NZ$

NZ$

Trade and other payables

- (11,388,242)- -

(11,388,242)

Bank loan

- (16,918,933)

(16,918,933)

- (11,388,242)- (16,918,933)

(28,307,175)

Maturity

22/11/21

The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank overdrafts, bank loans, and leases. The Group assessed the concentration

of risk with respect to refinancing its debt and concluded it to be low. Access to sources of funding is sufficiently available.

On 22 November 2016 $25,600,000 was drawn down to fund the acquisition of My Food Bag Limited.

The term loan facility comprises of Tranche A and Tranche B to assist with funding the acquisition (including payment of the purchase price, refinancing any existing financial indebtedness of

the target and payment of the establishment fee), and for general commercial purposes. MFB have met all of its covenants requirements for the year ended 31 March 2020.

The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a liquidity planning tool.

22/11/21

MFB Group made no repayments in the period ended 31 March 2020 (2019: $3,000,000) to bring the period end balance to $17,000,000 (2019: $17,000,000). Borrowing costs have been

capitalised to bank loans and amortised over the expected period of realisation.

The loan has general security in place, being a security interest in the personal property, and a fixed charge over the 'other property' (meaning real property, and anything that is not personal

property), of MFB Group Limited, and an expiry date of 22 November 2021.

Derivative financial liabilities are valued at mark to market

The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2020:

Interest rate comprises of the base rate (BKBM rate) plus a margin of:

- 19 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
14Related party transactions

Trading transactions

During the period, Group entities entered into the following trading transactions with related parties that are not members of the Group:

SalariesDirectors feesOther fees

Goods

purchased

Total

Total

Receivable at

year end

NZ$NZ$NZ$

NZ$

J & C Robinson

60,000 75,000 -

135,000

T Gattung - 30,000 - -

30,000

K Roberts -

30,000 - -

30,000

C Marshall -

30,000 -

-

30,000-

P Maud - 30,000 - -

30,000-

L Jenkins - 30,000 - -

30,000-

N Lim -

- 255,953

26,178

282,131

Total - 210,000 330,953 26,178

567,131-

The following other shareholder contributions:

20202019

NZ$NZ$

The APL Holdings Trust

5,518,260

5,518,260

5,518,260

5,518,260

The Lim & Bagrie Family Trust

2,759,130

2,759,130

The Red Rose Trust

1,532,850

1,532,850

Waterman Fund 3LP

35,766,500

35,766,500

Total

51,095,000

51,095,000

The following amounts were paid to key management personnel of the Group during the financial period:

20202019

NZ$NZ$

2,126,275

2,199,246

Share-based payment transactions

273,047

41,238

2,399,322

2,240,484

15Earnings per share (EPS)

20202019

NZ$NZ$

Basic earnings per share

Net profit attributable to shareholders ($)8,180,487 7,216,418

Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue100,000 100,000

Basic earnings per share ($)81.8072.16

Diluted earnings per share

Net profit attributable to shareholders ($)8,180,487 7,216,418

Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue for diluted earnings per share105,363 103,783

Diluted earnings per share ($)77.6469.53

Reconciliation of weighted average number of shares

Ordinary shares100,000 100,000

Adjustment for shares outstanding under the employee share scheme

5,500 4,675

Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator in calculating diluted 105,363 103,783

Short term employee benefits

Total compensation paid to key management personnel

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

Details of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.

The Theresa Gattung Investment Trust

Other shareholder contributions from related parties are not interest bearing and are repayable on repayment date.

The other shareholder contributions have been classified as equity contributions as repayment is on mutual agreement of both the borrower and the lender (or else they are perpetual) and

the contributions are interest free. The other shareholder contributions carry no voting rights.

Compensation of key management personnel of the Group

- 20 -

Financial Statements 31 March 2020MFB Group Limited & Subsidiaries
16Operating cash flow reconciliation

20202019

NZ$NZ$

Net profit before taxation11,256,246

10,053,753

Adjustments for non-cash items:

Depreciation on property plant & equipment 844,022614,151

Amortisation on intangible assets2,072,5151,670,147

Non cash movements in intangible assets(22,140)

33,677

Non cash write offs

-389,274

Gain / loss on sale of property, plant & equipment

12,794

36,137

Derivative financial instruments 74,092237,907

Share based payment expense273,04841,238

Depreciation on right of use assets1,395,263-

Interest on right of use assets463,662-

Changes in assets and liabilities

Increase / decrease in Trade and other receivables(410,351)(50,436)

Increase / decrease in Packaging(114,531)250,230

Increase / decrease in Raw materials work in progress(499,708)687,292

Increase / decrease in Other current assets54,43641,063

Increase / decrease in Prepayments(57,665)123,325

Increase / decrease in Trade and other payables1,099,558248,968

Increase / decrease in Deferred revenue4,729,045(1,898,568)

Increase / decrease in Other liabilities21,94915,683

Increase/ decrease in lease receivable assets(165,755)-

Increase/ decrease in finance leases relating to operating cash flows581,127-

Income tax paid (2,406,272)(3,239,837)

Positive net cash flows from operating activities19,201,3369,254,004

17Contingent liabilities

The Group has no contingent liabilities (2019:NIL)

18Capital commitments

The Group has capital commitments of $160k (2019: $1,015k )

19Events after the reporting date

20Approval of financial statements

The financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 4 June 2020.

The reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operations is as follows:

On the 3rd April 2020 MFB Group obtained a $6,095,000 bank loan from ASB Bank and used the funds to partially repay the shareholder loans. In April 2020, MFB Group

also restructured $5,000,000 as a working capital facility and removed amortisation on remaining debt for the remaining period.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global pandemic due to the novel coronavirus (COVID-19). Since 31 March 2020, the spread of COVID-19 has

severely impacted many local economies around the globe. Due to the nature of My Food Bag's operations which are deemed to be an essential service, the COVID-19

pandemic has seen a positive impact on the business' operating profit. Management concludes that the COVID-19 crisis has not caused significant changes to assets or

liabilities. The full extent and duration of the impact of COVID-19 is currently unknown.

- 21 -

---

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited




Review Report to the Shareholders of MFB Group Limited (“the company”) and its subsidiary

(together “the group”)

We have reviewed the interim financial statements on pages 3 to 9, which comprise the consolidated statement of

financial position of the group as at 30 September 2020, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive

income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows of the group for the

period ended on that date, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

This report is made solely to the company's shareholders, as a body. Our review has been undertaken so that we

might state to the company's shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in a review report and

for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone

other than the company and the company's shareholders as a body, for our review work, for this report, or for our

findings.

Directors’ Responsibilities

The directors are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of interim financial statements which comply

with New Zealand Equivalent to International Accounting Standard 34: Interim Financial Reporting and for such

internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation and fair presentation of the

interim financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Reviewer’s Responsibilities

Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the interim financial statements based on our review. We conducted

our review in accordance with NZ SRE 2410 Review of Financial Statements Performed by the Independent Auditor

of the Entity. NZ SRE 2410 requires us to conclude whether anything has come to our attention that causes us to

believe that the financial statements, taken as a whole, are not prepared in all material respects, in accordance with

New Zealand Equivalent to International Accounting Standard 34: Interim Financial Reporting. As the auditor of the

group, NZ SRE 2410 requires that we comply with the ethical requirements relevant to the audit of the annual

financial statements.

Basis of Statement

A review of interim financial statements in accordance with NZ SRE 2410 is a limited assurance engagement. The

auditor performs procedures, primarily consisting of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for

financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures.

The procedures performed in a review are substantially less than those performed in an audit conducted in

accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Accordingly, we do not express an audit

opinion on those financial statements.

Other than in our capacity as auditor we have no relationship with, or interests in, the group.

Conclusion

Based on our review nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the accompanying interim

financial statements, set out on pages 3 to 9, do not present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated

financial position of the group as at 30 September 2020 and its consolidated financial performance and cash flows

for the six month period ended on that date in accordance with New Zealand Equivalent to International Accounting

Standard 34: Interim Financial Reporting.

Our review was completed on 15 December 2020 and our findings are expressed as at that date.





Ernst & Young

Chartered Accountants

Auckland

- 2 -

---

1

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

My Food Bag Group Limited

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 30 September 2020


Reporting entity and basis of preparation

The table below sets out the adjustments that have been made to the consolidated statement of financial position

of My Food Bag Group Limited (‘the Company’) as at 30 September 2020, in order to prepare the unaudited pro

forma consolidated statement of financial position (‘Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position’) for

the Company. These adjustments reflect the events and assumptions discussed in the notes to the table,

including the impact of the capital structure that will be in place following completion of the offer of ordinary shares

in the Company (the ‘Offer’).

The Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position has been prepared using the same accounting

policies as the Company’s audit-reviewed half-year financial statements for the period ended 30 September 2020

which is available on the Offer Register filed in connection with the Offer at

https://disclose-

register.companiesoffice.govt.nz/ (OFR13033)

The adjustments are consistent with the assumptions adopted in the Prospective Financial Information prepared

in connection with the Offer. The Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position has been prepared

solely for the purpose of satisfying the requirements imposed under the listing rules of the Australian Securities

Exchange (‘ASX’) in connection with the admission of My Food Bag Group Limited to the official list of ASX as a

Foreign Exempt Listing.














2


My Food Bag Group Limited

Statutory Historical Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and Pro Forma

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 30 September 2020

__________________________________________________________________________________________




Pro forma adjustments

NZ$m

FY21H1 Historical

statutory

consolidated

statement of

financial position

(audit reviewed)

1

Repayment of

shareholder

loans

2

Vesting of

Employee Share

Options

3

Capital Issued

4

Transaction

Costs

5

Repayment of

debt

6

Unaudited Pro

Forma

Consolidated

Statement of

Financial

Position

Assets

Current

Cash and cash equivalents4.41.554.8(16.4)(44.4)-

Trade and other receivables1.01.0

Raw materials work in progress1.11.1

Packaging0.30.3

Prepayments0.70.7

Other current assets0.10.1

Current finance lease receivable--

Total current assets7.6-1.554.8(16.4)(44.4)3.2

Non-current

Property, plant and equipment3.23.2

Intangible assets85.885.8

Finance lease receivable0.30.3

Right-of-use assets12.112.1

Total non-current assets101.4-----101.4

Total assets109.0-1.554.8(16.4)(44.4)104.6

Liabilities

Current

Trade and other payables(11.9)(11.9)

Deferred revenue(3.4)(3.4)

Finance lease liabilities --

Current lease liabilities (2.4)(2.4)

Derivative financial liabilities(0.4)(0.4)

Other current liabilities(1.1)(1.1)

Current bank loan0.1(0.0)0.1

Current tax liability(2.5)3.61.1

Total current liabilities(21.7)-3.6--(0.0)(18.0)

Non-current

Trade and other payables--

Finance lease liabilities --

Lease liabilities (11.1)(11.1)

Provisions(0.3)(0.3)

Bank loan(18.1)(45.0)44.4(18.6)

Deferred tax liability(4.4)(0.1)(4.5)

Total non-current liabilities(33.8)(45.0)(0.1)--44.4(34.5)

Total liabilities(55.5)(45.0)3.5--44.4(52.5)

-

Net assets53.6(45.0)5.054.8(16.4)(0.0)52.1

Equity

Share capital1.05.754.8(2.0)59.5

Retained earnings7.1(0.2)(14.3)(7.4)

Other shareholder contributions45.0(45.0)-

Share based payment reserve0.5(0.5)0.0

Total equity 53.6(45.0)5.054.8(16.4)-52.1



3


My Food Bag Group Limited

Statutory Historical Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and Pro Forma

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 30 September 2020

__________________________________________________________________________________________

Notes supporting the Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

1. The historical statutory consolidated statement of financial position represents the audit reviewed

statement of financial position for My Food Bag Group Limited as at 30 September 2020;

2. Repayment of shareholder loans – prior to the offer, $45.0m was drawn on long-term debt facilities to

repay long-term shareholder loans of $45.0m;

3. Vesting of employee share options – prior to the Offer, the employee share options issued to current

and former senior members of it’s management team will be converted to share capital;

4. Capital issued – a total of $54.8m of new equity is to be issued through the Offer;

5. Transaction costs – As a consequence of the Offer, total cash transaction costs of $16.7m are payable,

and to be recognised in FY21F, note $0.3m were recognised in H1FY21. Of these costs, $14.6m will be

recognised in the statement of comprehensive income and is assumed not deductible for tax purposes.

The remaining $2.0m is expected to be capitalised against equity as these relate to the issue and listing

of new capital;

6. Repayment of debt – At the IPO date, a net $44.4 m of debt will be repaid from the proceeds of the Offer

and operating cashflows within the business.

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.